1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 #include <unordered_map>
52 
53 using namespace clang;
54 using namespace sema;
55 
56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
57   if (OwnedType) {
58     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
59     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
60   }
61 
62   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
63 }
64 
65 namespace {
66 
67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
68  public:
69    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
70                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
71                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
72        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
73          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
74      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
75      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
76      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
77   }
78 
79   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
80     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
81       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
82         return false;
83 
84       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
85         return AllowTemplates;
86 
87       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
88       if (!IsType)
89         return false;
90 
91       if (AllowNonTemplates)
92         return true;
93 
94       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
95       // as a template or as a non-template.
96       if (AllowTemplates) {
97         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
98         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
99           return false;
100         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
101         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
102                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
103       }
104 
105       return false;
106     }
107 
108     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
109   }
110 
111   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
112     return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
113   }
114 
115  private:
116   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
117   bool WantClassName;
118   bool AllowTemplates;
119   bool AllowNonTemplates;
120 };
121 
122 } // end anonymous namespace
123 
124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
126   switch (Kind) {
127   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
128   // token kind is a valid type specifier
129   case tok::kw_short:
130   case tok::kw_long:
131   case tok::kw___int64:
132   case tok::kw___int128:
133   case tok::kw_signed:
134   case tok::kw_unsigned:
135   case tok::kw_void:
136   case tok::kw_char:
137   case tok::kw_int:
138   case tok::kw_half:
139   case tok::kw_float:
140   case tok::kw_double:
141   case tok::kw___bf16:
142   case tok::kw__Float16:
143   case tok::kw___float128:
144   case tok::kw___ibm128:
145   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
146   case tok::kw_bool:
147   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
148   case tok::kw___auto_type:
149     return true;
150 
151   case tok::annot_typename:
152   case tok::kw_char16_t:
153   case tok::kw_char32_t:
154   case tok::kw_typeof:
155   case tok::annot_decltype:
156   case tok::kw_decltype:
157     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
158 
159   case tok::kw_char8_t:
160     return getLangOpts().Char8;
161 
162   default:
163     break;
164   }
165 
166   return false;
167 }
168 
169 namespace {
170 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
171   NotFound,
172   FoundNonType,
173   FoundType
174 };
175 } // end anonymous namespace
176 
177 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
178 /// dependent class.
179 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
180 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
181 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
182 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
183                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
184                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
185   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
186     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
187   // Look for type decls in base classes.
188   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
189       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
190   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
191     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
192     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
193       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
194     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
195       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
196       // templates.
197       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
198         continue;
199       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
200       if (!TD)
201         continue;
202       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
203           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
204         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
205           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
206         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
207           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
208                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
209             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
210               BaseRD = PS;
211         }
212       }
213     }
214     if (BaseRD) {
215       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
216         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
217           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
218         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
219       }
220       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
221         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
222         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
223           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
224         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
225           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
226           break;
227         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
228           break;
229         }
230       }
231     }
232   }
233 
234   return FoundTypeDecl;
235 }
236 
237 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
238                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
239                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
240   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
241   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
242   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
243       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
244   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
245        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
246        DC = DC->getParent()) {
247     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
248     // templates.
249     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
250     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
251       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
252   }
253   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
254     return nullptr;
255 
256   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
257   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
258   // lookup during template instantiation.
259   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II;
260 
261   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
262   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
263                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
264   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
265 
266   CXXScopeSpec SS;
267   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
268 
269   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
270   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
271   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
272   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
273   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
274   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
275 }
276 
277 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
278 /// return the declaration of that type.
279 ///
280 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
281 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
282 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
283 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
284 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
285 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
286                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
287                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
288                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
289                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
290                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
291                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
292                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
293   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
294   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
295                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
296                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
297 
298   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
299   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
300   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
301     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
302     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
303       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
304   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
305     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
306 
307     if (!LookupCtx) {
308       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
309         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
310         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
311         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
312         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
313         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
314         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
315         //
316         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
317         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
318         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
319           return nullptr;
320 
321         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
322         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
323         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
324           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
325 
326         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
327         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
328                                        II, NameLoc);
329         return ParsedType::make(T);
330       }
331 
332       return nullptr;
333     }
334 
335     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
336         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
337       return nullptr;
338   }
339 
340   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
341   // lookup for class-names.
342   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
343                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
344   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
345   if (LookupCtx) {
346     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
347     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
348     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
349     // nested-name-specifier.
350     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
351 
352     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
353       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
354       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
355       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
356       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
357       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
358       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
359       LookupName(Result, S);
360     }
361   } else {
362     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
363     LookupName(Result, S);
364 
365     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
366     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
367     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
368       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
369               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
370         return TypeInBase;
371     }
372   }
373 
374   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
375   UsingShadowDecl *FoundUsingShadow = nullptr;
376   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
377   case LookupResult::NotFound:
378   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
379     if (CorrectedII) {
380       TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
381                                AllowDeducedTemplate);
382       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
383                                               S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
384       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
385       TemplateTy Template;
386       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
387       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
388       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
389       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
390       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
391       if (SS && NNS) {
392         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
393         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
394       }
395       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
396           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
397           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
398           // is handled elsewhere).
399           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
400             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
401                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
402         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
403                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
404                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
405                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
406                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
407         if (Ty) {
408           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
409                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
410                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
411           if (SS && NNS)
412             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
413           *CorrectedII = NewII;
414           return Ty;
415         }
416       }
417     }
418     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
419     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
420   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
421   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
422     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
423     return nullptr;
424 
425   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
426     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
427     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
428     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
429     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
430     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
431     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
432       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
433       return nullptr;
434     }
435 
436     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
437     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
438          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
439       NamedDecl *RealRes = (*Res)->getUnderlyingDecl();
440       if (isa<TypeDecl, ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(
441               RealRes) ||
442           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(RealRes))) {
443         if (!IIDecl ||
444             // Make the selection of the recovery decl deterministic.
445             RealRes->getLocation() < IIDecl->getLocation()) {
446           IIDecl = RealRes;
447           FoundUsingShadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Res);
448         }
449       }
450     }
451 
452     if (!IIDecl) {
453       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
454       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
455       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
456       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
457       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
458       // a type name.
459       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
460       return nullptr;
461     }
462 
463     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
464     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
465     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
466     // perform the name lookup again.
467     break;
468 
469   case LookupResult::Found:
470     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
471     FoundUsingShadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Result.begin());
472     break;
473   }
474 
475   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
476 
477   QualType T;
478   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
479     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
480     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
481     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
482     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
483     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
484     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
485         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
486         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
487       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
488           << &II << /*Type*/1;
489 
490     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
491 
492     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
493     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
494   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
495     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
496     if (!HasTrailingDot)
497       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
498     FoundUsingShadow = nullptr; // FIXME: Target must be a TypeDecl.
499   } else if (auto *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) {
500     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(UD, NameLoc);
501     // Recover with 'int'
502     T = Context.IntTy;
503     FoundUsingShadow = nullptr;
504   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
505     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) {
506       // FIXME: TemplateName should include FoundUsingShadow sugar.
507       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
508                                                        QualType(), false);
509       // Don't wrap in a further UsingType.
510       FoundUsingShadow = nullptr;
511     }
512   }
513 
514   if (T.isNull()) {
515     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
516     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
517     return nullptr;
518   }
519 
520   if (FoundUsingShadow)
521     T = Context.getUsingType(FoundUsingShadow, T);
522 
523   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
524   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
525   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
526   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
527       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(IIDecl)) {
528     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
529       // Construct a type with type-source information.
530       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
531       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
532 
533       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
534       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
535       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
536       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
537       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
538     } else {
539       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
540     }
541   }
542 
543   return ParsedType::make(T);
544 }
545 
546 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
547 static NestedNameSpecifier *
548 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
549   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
550     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
551     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
552     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
553       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
554     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
555       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
556                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
557     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
558       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
559   }
560   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
561 }
562 
563 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
564 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
565 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
566 /// correctly rejects.
567 static const CXXRecordDecl *
568 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
569   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
570     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
571     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
572       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
573         return MD->getParent();
574   }
575   return nullptr;
576 }
577 
578 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
579                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
580                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
581   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
582 
583   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
584   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
585     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
586     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
587     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
588     // lookup is retried.
589     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
590     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
591     // name specifiers.
592     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
593     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
594   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
595                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
596     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
597     // instantiation time.
598     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
599                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
600 
601     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
602     // template instantiation.
603     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
604                                                                       << RD;
605   } else {
606     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
607     return ParsedType();
608   }
609 
610   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
611 
612   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
613   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
614   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
615   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
616   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
617 
618   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
619   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
620   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
621   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
622   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
623   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
624 }
625 
626 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
627 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
628 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
629 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
630 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
631 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
632   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
633   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
634   LookupName(R, S, false);
635   R.suppressDiagnostics();
636   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
637     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
638       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
639       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
640       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
641       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
642       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
643       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
644       }
645     }
646 
647   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
648 }
649 
650 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
651 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
652 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
653 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
654 /// @code
655 /// template<class T> class A {
656 /// public:
657 ///   typedef int TYPE;
658 /// };
659 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
660 /// public:
661 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
662 /// };
663 /// @endcode
664 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
665   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
666     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
667       return true;
668 
669     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
670 
671     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
672     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
673       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
674         return true;
675     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
676   }
677   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
678 }
679 
680 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
681                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
682                                    Scope *S,
683                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
684                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
685                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
686   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
687   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
688     return;
689   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
690   SuggestedType = nullptr;
691 
692   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
693   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
694   TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
695                            /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
696                            /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
697   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
698           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
699                       CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
700     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
701     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
702     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
703       // We corrected to a keyword.
704       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
705                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
706                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
707                        << II);
708       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
709     } else {
710       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
711       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
712         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
713                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
714                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
715                          << II, CanRecover);
716       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
717         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
718         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
719                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
720         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
721                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
722                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
723                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
724                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
725                      CanRecover);
726       } else {
727         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
728       }
729 
730       if (!CanRecover)
731         return;
732 
733       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
734       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
735         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
736                           SourceRange(IILoc));
737       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
738       SuggestedType =
739           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
740                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
741                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
742                       /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
743     }
744     return;
745   }
746 
747   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
748     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
749     UnqualifiedId Name;
750     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
751     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
752     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
753     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
754     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
755                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
756                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
757       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
758       return;
759     }
760   }
761 
762   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
763   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
764 
765   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
766     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
767                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
768         << II;
769   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
770     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
771                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
772         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
773   else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) {
774     SuggestedType =
775         ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
776   } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
777     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
778     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
779       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
780 
781     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
782       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
783       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
784       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
785     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
786                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
787   } else {
788     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
789            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
790   }
791 }
792 
793 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
794 /// or
795 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
796   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
797                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
798 
799   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
800     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
801       return true;
802 
803     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
804       return true;
805   }
806 
807   return false;
808 }
809 
810 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
811                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
812                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
813                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
814   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
815   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
816   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
817     StringRef FixItTagName;
818     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
819       case TTK_Class:
820         FixItTagName = "class ";
821         break;
822 
823       case TTK_Enum:
824         FixItTagName = "enum ";
825         break;
826 
827       case TTK_Struct:
828         FixItTagName = "struct ";
829         break;
830 
831       case TTK_Interface:
832         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
833         break;
834 
835       case TTK_Union:
836         FixItTagName = "union ";
837         break;
838     }
839 
840     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
841     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
842       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
843       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
844 
845     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
846          I != IEnd; ++I)
847       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
848         << Name << TagName;
849 
850     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
851     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
852     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
853     return true;
854   }
855 
856   return false;
857 }
858 
859 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
860                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
861                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
862                                             const Token &NextToken,
863                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
864   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
865   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
866 
867   assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) &&
868          "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName");
869   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
870       isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
871     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
872     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
873     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
874     // will reject it later.
875     return NameClassification::Unknown();
876   }
877 
878   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
879   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
880 
881   if (SS.isInvalid())
882     return NameClassification::Error();
883 
884   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
885   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
886   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
887     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
888             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
889       return TypeInBase;
890   }
891 
892   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
893   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
894   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
895   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
896   if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
897     DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name);
898     if (Ivar.isInvalid())
899       return NameClassification::Error();
900     if (Ivar.isUsable())
901       return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get()));
902 
903     // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods.
904     if (Result.empty())
905       LookupBuiltin(Result);
906   }
907 
908   bool SecondTry = false;
909   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
910 
911 Corrected:
912   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
913   case LookupResult::NotFound:
914     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
915     // call.
916     if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
917       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
918       // FIXME: Reference?
919       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
920         return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType();
921 
922       // C90 6.3.2.2:
923       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
924       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
925       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
926       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
927       //   the function call, the declaration
928       //
929       //     extern int identifier ();
930       //
931       //   appeared.
932       //
933       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
934       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S))
935         return NameClassification::NonType(D);
936     }
937 
938     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
939       // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
940       // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
941       //
942       // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
943       TemplateName Template =
944           Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
945       return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
946     }
947 
948     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
949     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
950     // "struct", or "union".
951     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
952         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
953       break;
954     }
955 
956     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
957     // close to this name.
958     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
959       SecondTry = true;
960       if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
961               CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
962                           &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
963         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
964         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
965 
966         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
967         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
968         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
969             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
970           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
971           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
972         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
973                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
974                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
975                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
976           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
977           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
978         }
979 
980         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
981           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
982         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
983           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
984           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
985                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
986           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
987                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
988                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
989         }
990 
991         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
992         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
993 
994         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
995         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
996           return Name;
997 
998         // Also update the LookupResult...
999         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
1000         Result.clear();
1001         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1002         if (FirstDecl)
1003           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
1004 
1005         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1006         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1007         // reference the ivar.
1008         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
1009         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1010           DeclResult R =
1011               LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier());
1012           if (R.isInvalid())
1013             return NameClassification::Error();
1014           if (R.isUsable())
1015             return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar);
1016         }
1017 
1018         goto Corrected;
1019       }
1020     }
1021 
1022     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1023     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1024     return NameClassification::Unknown();
1025 
1026   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1027     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1028     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1029     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1030 
1031     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1032     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1033     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1034     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1035     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1036     //
1037     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1038     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1039     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1040     // keyword here.
1041     return NameClassification::DependentNonType();
1042   }
1043 
1044   case LookupResult::Found:
1045   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1046   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1047     break;
1048 
1049   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1050     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1051         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1052                                       /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1053       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1054       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1055       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1056       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1057       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1058       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1059       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1060       //   ambiguous.
1061       //
1062       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1063       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1064       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1065       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1066         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1067         break;
1068       }
1069     }
1070 
1071     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1072     return NameClassification::Error();
1073   }
1074 
1075   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1076       (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1077        hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1078            Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1079            /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1080            /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() &&
1081                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) {
1082     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1083     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1084     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1085     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1086     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1087     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1088     // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1089     //   A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1090     //   unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1091     //   or more functions or finds nothing.
1092     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1093       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1094 
1095     bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1096     bool IsVarTemplate;
1097     TemplateName Template;
1098     if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1099       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1100       Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1101                                                    Result.end());
1102     } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1103       auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1104           *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1105           /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1106       IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1107       IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1108 
1109       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1110         Template =
1111             Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1112                                              /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD);
1113       else
1114         Template = TemplateName(TD);
1115     } else {
1116       // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1117       // name.
1118       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1119       Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1120     }
1121 
1122     if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1123       // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1124       // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1125       // to based on which function we selected.
1126       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1127 
1128       return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1129     }
1130 
1131     return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1132                          : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1133   }
1134 
1135   auto BuildTypeFor = [&](TypeDecl *Type, NamedDecl *Found) {
1136     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1137     if (const auto *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Found))
1138       T = Context.getUsingType(USD, T);
1139 
1140     if (SS.isEmpty()) // No elaborated type, trivial location info
1141       return ParsedType::make(T);
1142 
1143     TypeLocBuilder Builder;
1144     Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
1145     T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
1146     ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
1147     ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
1148     ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
1149     return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
1150   };
1151 
1152   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1153   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1154     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1155     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1156     return BuildTypeFor(Type, *Result.begin());
1157   }
1158 
1159   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1160   if (!Class) {
1161     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1162     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1163             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1164       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1165   }
1166 
1167   if (Class) {
1168     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1169 
1170     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1171       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1172       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1173       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1174       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1175     }
1176 
1177     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1178     return ParsedType::make(T);
1179   }
1180 
1181   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl))
1182     return NameClassification::Concept(
1183         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1184 
1185   if (auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1186     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(EmptyD, NameLoc);
1187     return NameClassification::Error();
1188   }
1189 
1190   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1191   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1192       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1193     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1194         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1195 
1196   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1197   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1198   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1199   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1200        (NextIsOp &&
1201         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1202       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1203     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1204     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1205     return BuildTypeFor(Type, *Result.begin());
1206   }
1207 
1208   // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate
1209   // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class
1210   // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know
1211   // the context.
1212   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1213   if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1214     return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl());
1215 
1216   // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later.
1217   Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1218   return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(
1219       Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1220       Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(),
1221       Result.begin(), Result.end()));
1222 }
1223 
1224 ExprResult
1225 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
1226                                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1227   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?");
1228   CXXScopeSpec SS;
1229   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1230   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
1231 }
1232 
1233 ExprResult
1234 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1235                                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
1236                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
1237                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1238   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
1239   return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1240                                     NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1241                                     /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1242 }
1243 
1244 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1245                                               NamedDecl *Found,
1246                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
1247                                               const Token &NextToken) {
1248   if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty())
1249     if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1250       return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar);
1251 
1252   // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1253   LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1254   Result.addDecl(Found);
1255   Result.resolveKind();
1256 
1257   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1258   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1259 }
1260 
1261 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) {
1262   // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member
1263   // access expression if necessary.
1264   auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E);
1265   if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1266     CXXScopeSpec SS;
1267     SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1268 
1269     // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1270     LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
1271                         LookupOrdinaryName);
1272     Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass());
1273     for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
1274       Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess());
1275     Result.resolveKind();
1276     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1277                                            nullptr, S);
1278   }
1279 
1280   // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks
1281   // are necessary.
1282   return ULE;
1283 }
1284 
1285 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1286 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1287   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1288   if (!TD)
1289     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1290   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1291     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1292   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1293     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1294   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1295     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1296   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1297     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1298   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1299     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1300   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1301     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1302   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1303 }
1304 
1305 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1306   assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
1307       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1308   CurContext = DC;
1309   S->setEntity(DC);
1310 }
1311 
1312 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1313   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1314 
1315   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1316   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1317 }
1318 
1319 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1320                                                                     Decl *D) {
1321   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1322   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1323   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1324   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1325   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1326   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1327   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1328   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1329   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1330   return Result;
1331 }
1332 
1333 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1334   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1335 }
1336 
1337 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1338 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1339 ///
1340 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1341   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1342   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1343   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1344   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1345   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1346   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1347   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1348   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1349   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1350   //   namespace.
1351   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1352   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1353   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1354   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1355   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1356 
1357   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1358 
1359 #ifndef NDEBUG
1360   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1361   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1362   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1363 #endif
1364 
1365   CurContext = DC;
1366   S->setEntity(DC);
1367 
1368   if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1369     // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing
1370     // template parameter scopes.
1371     EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC);
1372   }
1373 }
1374 
1375 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1376   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1377 
1378   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1379   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1380   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1381   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1382   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1383 
1384   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1385   // disappear.
1386 }
1387 
1388 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1389   assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() &&
1390          "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope");
1391 
1392   // C++20 [temp.local]p7:
1393   //   In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside
1394   //   of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class
1395   //   template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class
1396   //   templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a
1397   //   class or function template).
1398   // C++20 [temp.local]p9:
1399   //   In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member
1400   //   of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for
1401   //   each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class
1402   //   or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a
1403   //   template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the
1404   //   template-parameter name (6.4.10).
1405   //
1406   // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately
1407   // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter
1408   // scope. For example, for
1409   //   template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V>
1410   //     void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...)
1411   // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base
1412   // classes) then T then N then ::.
1413   unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S);
1414   for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) {
1415     DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC;
1416     for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
1417       if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL =
1418               cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) {
1419         unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1;
1420         if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth)
1421           continue;
1422         if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth)
1423           SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent();
1424         break;
1425       }
1426     }
1427     S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope);
1428   }
1429 }
1430 
1431 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1432   // We assume that the caller has already called
1433   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1434   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1435   if (!FD)
1436     return;
1437 
1438   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1439   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1440   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1441     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1442   CurContext = FD;
1443   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1444 
1445   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1446     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1447     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1448     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1449       S->AddDecl(Param);
1450       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1451     }
1452   }
1453 }
1454 
1455 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1456   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1457   // rather than the top-level class.
1458   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1459   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1460   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1461 }
1462 
1463 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1464 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1465 ///
1466 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1467 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1468 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1469 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1470 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1471 /// attribute.
1472 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1473                                        ASTContext &Context,
1474                                        const FunctionDecl *New) {
1475   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1476     return true;
1477 
1478   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1479     return true;
1480 
1481   return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1482          (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1483           New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1484 }
1485 
1486 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1487 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1488   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1489   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1490   // scope.
1491   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1492     S = S->getParent();
1493 
1494   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1495   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1496   // into any context.
1497   if (AddToContext)
1498     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1499 
1500   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1501   // are function-local declarations.
1502   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent())
1503     return;
1504 
1505   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1506   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1507       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1508     return;
1509 
1510   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1511   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1512                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1513   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1514     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1515       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1516       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1517 
1518       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1519       break;
1520     }
1521   }
1522 
1523   S->AddDecl(D);
1524 
1525   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1526     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1527     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1528     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1529     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1530       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1531       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1532         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1533           continue;
1534       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1535         break;
1536     }
1537 
1538     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1539   } else {
1540     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1541   }
1542   warnOnReservedIdentifier(D);
1543 }
1544 
1545 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1546                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1547   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1548 }
1549 
1550 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1551   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1552   do {
1553     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1554       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1555         return S;
1556   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1557 
1558   return nullptr;
1559 }
1560 
1561 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1562                                             DeclContext*,
1563                                             ASTContext&);
1564 
1565 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1566 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1567 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1568                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1569                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1570   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1571   while (F.hasNext()) {
1572     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1573 
1574     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1575       continue;
1576 
1577     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1578       continue;
1579 
1580     F.erase();
1581   }
1582 
1583   F.done();
1584 }
1585 
1586 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1587 /// have compatible owning modules.
1588 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1589   // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1590   // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1591   // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1592   // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1593   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1594       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1595     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1596     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1597     return false;
1598   }
1599 
1600   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1601   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1602 
1603   if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1604     NewM = NewM->Parent;
1605   if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1606     OldM = OldM->Parent;
1607 
1608   if (NewM == OldM)
1609     return false;
1610 
1611   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview();
1612   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview();
1613   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1614     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1615     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1616     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1617     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1618       << New
1619       << NewIsModuleInterface
1620       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1621       << OldIsModuleInterface
1622       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1623     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1624     New->setInvalidDecl();
1625     return true;
1626   }
1627 
1628   return false;
1629 }
1630 
1631 // [module.interface]p6:
1632 // A redeclaration of an entity X is implicitly exported if X was introduced by
1633 // an exported declaration; otherwise it shall not be exported.
1634 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationExported(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1635   bool IsNewExported = New->isInExportDeclContext();
1636   bool IsOldExported = Old->isInExportDeclContext();
1637 
1638   // It should be irrevelant if both of them are not exported.
1639   if (!IsNewExported && !IsOldExported)
1640     return false;
1641 
1642   if (IsOldExported)
1643     return false;
1644 
1645   assert(IsNewExported);
1646 
1647   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redeclaration_non_exported) << New;
1648   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1649   return true;
1650 }
1651 
1652 // A wrapper function for checking the semantic restrictions of
1653 // a redeclaration within a module.
1654 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationInModule(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1655   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
1656     return true;
1657 
1658   if (CheckRedeclarationExported(New, Old))
1659     return true;
1660 
1661   return false;
1662 }
1663 
1664 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1665   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1666          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1667          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1668 }
1669 
1670 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1671 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1672   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1673   while (F.hasNext())
1674     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1675       F.erase();
1676 
1677   F.done();
1678 }
1679 
1680 /// Check for this common pattern:
1681 /// @code
1682 /// class S {
1683 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1684 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1685 /// };
1686 /// @endcode
1687 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1688   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1689   // the decl here.
1690   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1691     return false;
1692 
1693   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1694     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1695   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1696 }
1697 
1698 // We need this to handle
1699 //
1700 // typedef struct {
1701 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1702 // } A;
1703 //
1704 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1705 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1706 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1707 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1708 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1709 // not.
1710 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1711   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1712   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1713     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1714       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1715         return true;
1716     }
1717     DC = DC->getParent();
1718   }
1719 
1720   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1721 }
1722 
1723 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1724 // these semantics.
1725 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1726   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1727     return false;
1728   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1729 }
1730 
1731 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1732   assert(D);
1733 
1734   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1735     return false;
1736 
1737   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1738   // of members of class templates.
1739   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1740       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1741     return false;
1742 
1743   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1744     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1745       return false;
1746     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1747     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1748     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1749         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1750       return false;
1751 
1752     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1753       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1754         return false;
1755     } else {
1756       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1757       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1758         return false;
1759     }
1760 
1761     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1762         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1763       return false;
1764   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1765     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1766     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1767     // like "inline".)
1768     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1769       return false;
1770 
1771     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1772       return false;
1773 
1774     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1775         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1776       return false;
1777     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1778         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1779         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1780       return false;
1781 
1782     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1783       return false;
1784   } else {
1785     return false;
1786   }
1787 
1788   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1789   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1790   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1791   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1792 }
1793 
1794 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1795   if (!D)
1796     return;
1797 
1798   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1799     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1800     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1801       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1802   }
1803 
1804   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1805     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1806     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1807       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1808   }
1809 
1810   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1811     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1812 }
1813 
1814 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1815   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1816     return false;
1817 
1818   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1819     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1820     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1821     // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1822     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
1823       if (BD->isReferenced())
1824         return false;
1825   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1826     return false;
1827   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1828     return false;
1829   }
1830 
1831   if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1832     return false;
1833 
1834   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1835     return true;
1836 
1837   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1838   // functions.
1839   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1840   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1841     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1842     WithinFunction =
1843         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1844   if (!WithinFunction)
1845     return false;
1846 
1847   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1848     return true;
1849 
1850   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1851   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1852     return false;
1853 
1854   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1855   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1856 
1857     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1858     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1859 
1860     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1861     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1862       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1863         return false;
1864     }
1865 
1866     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1867     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1868     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1869       return false;
1870 
1871     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1872     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1873     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1874 
1875     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1876       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1877       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1878         return false;
1879 
1880       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1881         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1882           return false;
1883 
1884         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1885           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1886                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1887             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1888           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1889             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1890           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1891             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1892             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1893                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1894               return false;
1895           }
1896 
1897           // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and
1898           // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor.
1899           if (Init->isTypeDependent())
1900             for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
1901               if (!Ctor->isTrivial())
1902                 return false;
1903         }
1904       }
1905     }
1906 
1907     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1908   }
1909 
1910   return true;
1911 }
1912 
1913 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1914                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1915   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1916     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
1917         D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
1918         true);
1919     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1920       return;
1921     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
1922         CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
1923   }
1924 }
1925 
1926 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1927   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1928     return;
1929 
1930   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1931     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1932       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1933     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1934       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1935   }
1936 }
1937 
1938 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1939 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1940 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1941   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1942     return;
1943 
1944   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1945     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1946     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1947     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1948     return;
1949   }
1950 
1951   FixItHint Hint;
1952   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1953 
1954   unsigned DiagID;
1955   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1956     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1957   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1958     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1959   else
1960     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1961 
1962   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1963 }
1964 
1965 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD) {
1966   // If it's not referenced, it can't be set. If it has the Cleanup attribute,
1967   // it's not really unused.
1968   if (!VD->isReferenced() || !VD->getDeclName() || VD->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1969       VD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>())
1970     return;
1971 
1972   const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1973 
1974   if (Ty->isReferenceType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1975     return;
1976 
1977   if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1978     const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1979     if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1980       return;
1981     // In C++, don't warn for record types that don't have WarnUnusedAttr, to
1982     // mimic gcc's behavior.
1983     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1984       if (!RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1985         return;
1986     }
1987   }
1988 
1989   // Don't warn about __block Objective-C pointer variables, as they might
1990   // be assigned in the block but not used elsewhere for the purpose of lifetime
1991   // extension.
1992   if (VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1993     return;
1994 
1995   auto iter = RefsMinusAssignments.find(VD);
1996   if (iter == RefsMinusAssignments.end())
1997     return;
1998 
1999   assert(iter->getSecond() >= 0 &&
2000          "Found a negative number of references to a VarDecl");
2001   if (iter->getSecond() != 0)
2002     return;
2003   unsigned DiagID = isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) ? diag::warn_unused_but_set_parameter
2004                                          : diag::warn_unused_but_set_variable;
2005   Diag(VD->getLocation(), DiagID) << VD;
2006 }
2007 
2008 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
2009   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
2010   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
2011   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
2012   // MS inline assembly label name.
2013   bool Diagnose = false;
2014   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
2015     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
2016   else
2017     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
2018   if (Diagnose)
2019     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L;
2020 }
2021 
2022 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
2023   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
2024 
2025   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
2026   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
2027          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
2028 
2029   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
2030     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
2031 
2032     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
2033     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
2034 
2035     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
2036     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
2037       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
2038       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
2039         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
2040       if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2041         DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(VD);
2042         RefsMinusAssignments.erase(VD);
2043       }
2044     }
2045 
2046     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
2047 
2048     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
2049     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
2050       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
2051 
2052     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
2053     // already.
2054     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
2055     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
2056     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
2057       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
2058         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
2059             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
2060         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2061       }
2062       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
2063     }
2064   }
2065 }
2066 
2067 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
2068 ///
2069 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
2070 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
2071 /// to the fixed name.
2072 ///
2073 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
2074 ///
2075 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
2076 /// if there is no class with the given name.
2077 ///
2078 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
2079 /// class could not be found.
2080 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2081                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
2082                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
2083   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
2084   // creation from this context.
2085   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2086 
2087   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
2088     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
2089     // find an Objective-C class name.
2090     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{};
2091     if (TypoCorrection C =
2092             CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
2093                         TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
2094       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
2095       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
2096       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
2097     }
2098   }
2099   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
2100   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
2101   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
2102       Def = Def->getDefinition();
2103   return Def;
2104 }
2105 
2106 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
2107 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
2108 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
2109 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
2110 /// ill-formed in C++:
2111 /// @code
2112 /// struct S6 {
2113 ///   enum { BAR } e;
2114 /// };
2115 ///
2116 /// void test_S6() {
2117 ///   struct S6 a;
2118 ///   a.e = BAR;
2119 /// }
2120 /// @endcode
2121 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
2122 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
2123 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
2124 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
2125 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
2126 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
2127 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
2128 /// contain non-field names.
2129 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
2130   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
2131          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
2132          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
2133     S = S->getParent();
2134   return S;
2135 }
2136 
2137 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
2138                                ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
2139   switch (Error) {
2140   case ASTContext::GE_None:
2141     return "";
2142   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
2143     return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
2144   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
2145     return "stdio.h";
2146   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
2147     return "setjmp.h";
2148   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
2149     return "ucontext.h";
2150   }
2151   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
2152 }
2153 
2154 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type,
2155                                   unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) {
2156   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2157 
2158   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2159     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(
2160         Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
2161     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2162     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2163     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2164   }
2165 
2166   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type,
2167                                            /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern,
2168                                            getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(),
2169                                            false, Type->isFunctionProtoType());
2170   New->setImplicit();
2171   New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID));
2172 
2173   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2174   // FunctionDecl.
2175   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) {
2176     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
2177     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2178       ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create(
2179           Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2180           FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
2181       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2182       Params.push_back(parm);
2183     }
2184     New->setParams(Params);
2185   }
2186 
2187   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2188   return New;
2189 }
2190 
2191 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
2192 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
2193 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
2194 /// built-in.
2195 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2196                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2197                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
2198   LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID);
2199 
2200   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2201   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
2202   if (Error) {
2203     if (!ForRedeclaration)
2204       return nullptr;
2205 
2206     // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
2207     // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
2208     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type ||
2209         Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID))
2210       return nullptr;
2211 
2212     // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
2213     // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
2214     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
2215       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
2216           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2217       return nullptr;
2218     }
2219 
2220     // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2221     // appropriate header.
2222     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2223         << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2224         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2225     return nullptr;
2226   }
2227 
2228   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2229       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2230        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2231     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2232         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2233     if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID))
2234       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2235           << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2236   }
2237 
2238   if (R.isNull())
2239     return nullptr;
2240 
2241   FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc);
2242   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2243 
2244   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2245   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2246   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2247   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2248   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2249   CurContext = New->getDeclContext();
2250   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2251   CurContext = SavedContext;
2252   return New;
2253 }
2254 
2255 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2256 /// entity if their types are the same.
2257 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2258 /// isSameEntity.
2259 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2260                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2261                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
2262   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2263   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2264     return;
2265 
2266   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2267   if (Previous.empty())
2268     return;
2269 
2270   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2271   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2272     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2273 
2274     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2275     if (S.isVisible(Old))
2276       continue;
2277 
2278     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2279     // different linkages.
2280     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2281       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2282                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2283         continue;
2284 
2285       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2286       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2287       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2288           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2289         continue;
2290     }
2291 
2292     Filter.erase();
2293   }
2294 
2295   Filter.done();
2296 }
2297 
2298 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2299   QualType OldType;
2300   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2301     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2302   else
2303     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2304   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2305 
2306   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2307     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2308     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2309     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2310       << Kind << NewType;
2311     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2312       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2313     New->setInvalidDecl();
2314     return true;
2315   }
2316 
2317   if (OldType != NewType &&
2318       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2319       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2320       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2321     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2322     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2323       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2324     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2325       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2326     New->setInvalidDecl();
2327     return true;
2328   }
2329   return false;
2330 }
2331 
2332 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2333 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
2334 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2335 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2336 ///
2337 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2338                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2339   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2340   // merging checks.
2341   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2342 
2343   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2344   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2345   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2346     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2347     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2348     default: break;
2349     case 2:
2350       {
2351         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2352           break;
2353         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2354         if (!T->isPointerType())
2355           break;
2356         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2357           QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2358           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2359             break;
2360         }
2361         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2362         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2363         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2364         return;
2365       }
2366     case 5:
2367       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2368         break;
2369       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2370       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2371       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2372       return;
2373     case 3:
2374       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2375         break;
2376       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2377       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2378       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2379       return;
2380     }
2381     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2382   }
2383 
2384   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2385   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2386   if (!Old) {
2387     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2388       << New->getDeclName();
2389 
2390     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2391     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2392       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2393 
2394     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2395   }
2396 
2397   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2398   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2399     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2400 
2401   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2402     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2403     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2404     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2405     if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2406         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2407         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2408       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2409       // instead of our tag.
2410       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2411       if (OldTD->isModed())
2412         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2413                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2414       else
2415         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2416 
2417       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2418       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2419 
2420       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2421       // out of the scope.
2422       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2423         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2424         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2425           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2426           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2427           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2428           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2429           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2430         }
2431       }
2432     }
2433   }
2434 
2435   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2436   // with any extensions enabled.
2437   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2438     return;
2439 
2440   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2441   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2442   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2443     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2444     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2445   }
2446 
2447   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2448     return;
2449 
2450   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2451     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2452     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2453     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2454     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2455     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2456       return;
2457 
2458     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2459     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2460     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2461     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2462     //
2463     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2464     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2465     //
2466     //   struct S {
2467     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2468     //   };
2469     //
2470     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2471     // allow the above but disallow
2472     //
2473     //   struct S {
2474     //     typedef int I;
2475     //     typedef int I;
2476     //   };
2477     //
2478     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2479     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2480       return;
2481 
2482     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2483       << New->getDeclName();
2484     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2485     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2486   }
2487 
2488   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2489   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2490     return;
2491 
2492   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2493   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2494   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2495   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2496   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2497       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2498       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2499        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2500        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2501     return;
2502 
2503   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2504     << New->getDeclName();
2505   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2506 }
2507 
2508 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2509 /// attribute.
2510 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2511   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2512   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2513   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2514     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2515       if (Ann) {
2516         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2517           return true;
2518         continue;
2519       }
2520       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2521       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2522         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2523       return true;
2524     }
2525 
2526   return false;
2527 }
2528 
2529 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2530   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2531     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2532   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2533     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2534   return true;
2535 }
2536 
2537 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2538 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2539 ///
2540 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2541 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2542   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2543   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2544   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2545   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2546   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2547   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2548     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2549     // in a case like:
2550     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2551     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2552     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2553     // definition in such a case.
2554     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2555       return false;
2556 
2557     if (I->isAlignas())
2558       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2559 
2560     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2561     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2562       OldAlign = Align;
2563       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2564     }
2565   }
2566 
2567   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2568   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2569   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2570   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2571     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2572       return false;
2573 
2574     if (I->isAlignas())
2575       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2576 
2577     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2578     if (Align > NewAlign)
2579       NewAlign = Align;
2580   }
2581 
2582   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2583     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2584     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2585     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2586     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2587 
2588     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2589     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2590     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2591       QualType Ty;
2592       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2593         Ty = VD->getType();
2594       else
2595         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2596 
2597       if (OldAlign == 0)
2598         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2599       if (NewAlign == 0)
2600         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2601     }
2602 
2603     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2604       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2605         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2606         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2607       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2608     }
2609   }
2610 
2611   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2612     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2613     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2614     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2615     //   equivalent alignment.
2616     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2617     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2618     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2619     //   have no alignment specifier.
2620     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2621       << OldAlignasAttr;
2622     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2623       << OldAlignasAttr;
2624   }
2625 
2626   bool AnyAdded = false;
2627 
2628   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2629   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2630     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2631     Clone->setInherited(true);
2632     New->addAttr(Clone);
2633     AnyAdded = true;
2634   }
2635 
2636   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2637   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2638       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2639     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2640     Clone->setInherited(true);
2641     New->addAttr(Clone);
2642     AnyAdded = true;
2643   }
2644 
2645   return AnyAdded;
2646 }
2647 
2648 #define WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC
2649 #include "clang/Sema/AttrParsedAttrImpl.inc"
2650 #undef WANT_DECL_MERGE_LOGIC
2651 
2652 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2653                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2654                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2655   // Diagnose any mutual exclusions between the attribute that we want to add
2656   // and attributes that already exist on the declaration.
2657   if (!DiagnoseMutualExclusions(S, D, Attr))
2658     return false;
2659 
2660   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2661   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2662   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2663   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2664   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2665   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2666   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2667   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2668   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2669     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2670         D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2671         AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2672         AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2673         AA->getPriority());
2674   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2675     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2676   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2677     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2678   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2679     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2680   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2681     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2682   else if (const auto *EA = dyn_cast<ErrorAttr>(Attr))
2683     NewAttr = S.mergeErrorAttr(D, *EA, EA->getUserDiagnostic());
2684   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2685     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2686                                 FA->getFirstArg());
2687   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2688     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2689   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2690     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2691   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2692     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2693                                        IA->getInheritanceModel());
2694   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2695     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2696                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2697   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2698            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2699             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2700     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2701     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2702     return false;
2703   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2704     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2705   else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr))
2706     NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName());
2707   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2708     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2709   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2710     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2711   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2712     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2713     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2714     NewAttr = nullptr;
2715   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2716            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2717             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation ||
2718             AMK == Sema::AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation))
2719     NewAttr = nullptr;
2720   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2721     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl());
2722   else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr))
2723     NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA);
2724   else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr))
2725     NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA);
2726   else if (const auto *TCBA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBAttr>(Attr))
2727     NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBAttr(D, *TCBA);
2728   else if (const auto *TCBLA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBLeafAttr>(Attr))
2729     NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(D, *TCBLA);
2730   else if (const auto *BTFA = dyn_cast<BTFDeclTagAttr>(Attr))
2731     NewAttr = S.mergeBTFDeclTagAttr(D, *BTFA);
2732   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2733     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2734 
2735   if (NewAttr) {
2736     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2737     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2738     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2739       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2740     return true;
2741   }
2742 
2743   return false;
2744 }
2745 
2746 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2747   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2748     return TD->getDefinition();
2749   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2750     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2751     if (Def)
2752       return Def;
2753     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2754   }
2755   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2756     const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
2757     if (FD->isDefined(Def, true))
2758       return Def;
2759   }
2760   return nullptr;
2761 }
2762 
2763 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2764   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2765     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2766       return true;
2767   return false;
2768 }
2769 
2770 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2771 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2772 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2773   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2774     return;
2775 
2776   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2777   if (!Def || Def == New)
2778     return;
2779 
2780   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2781   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2782     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2783 
2784     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2785       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2786         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2787         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2788 
2789         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2790         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2791           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2792           --E;
2793           continue;
2794         }
2795       } else {
2796         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2797         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2798                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2799                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2800                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2801         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2802         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2803           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2804         else
2805           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2806         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2807       }
2808       ++I;
2809       continue;
2810     }
2811 
2812     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2813       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2814       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2815         ++I;
2816         continue;
2817       }
2818     }
2819 
2820     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2821       ++I;
2822       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2823     }
2824 
2825     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2826       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2827       ++I;
2828       continue;
2829     } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2830       // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class
2831       ++I;
2832       continue;
2833     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2834       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2835         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2836         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2837         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2838         //   equivalent alignment.
2839         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2840         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2841         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2842         //   have no alignment specifier.
2843         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2844           << AA;
2845         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2846           << AA;
2847         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2848         --E;
2849         continue;
2850       }
2851     } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2852       // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this
2853       // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the
2854       // standard diagnostics.
2855       if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2856         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2857                diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration);
2858         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2859         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2860         --E;
2861         continue;
2862       }
2863     } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
2864                cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
2865                !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
2866       // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
2867       // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
2868       // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
2869       // honored it.
2870       ++I;
2871       continue;
2872     } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2873       // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to
2874       // declarations after defintions.
2875       ++I;
2876       continue;
2877     }
2878 
2879     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2880            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2881     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2882     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2883     --E;
2884   }
2885 }
2886 
2887 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
2888                                      const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
2889                                      bool AttrBeforeInit) {
2890   SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
2891 
2892   // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
2893   // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
2894   // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
2895   // heroics.
2896   std::string SuitableSpelling;
2897   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2898     SuitableSpelling = std::string(
2899         S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}));
2900   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2901     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2902         InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square,
2903                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon,
2904                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2905                     tok::r_square, tok::r_square}));
2906   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2907     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2908         InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
2909                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2910                     tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}));
2911   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2912     SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
2913   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2914     SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
2915   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2916     SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
2917   SuitableSpelling += " ";
2918 
2919   if (AttrBeforeInit) {
2920     // extern constinit int a;
2921     // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
2922     assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute");
2923     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
2924         << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2925     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
2926   } else {
2927     // int a = 0;
2928     // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
2929     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
2930            CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
2931                                  : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
2932         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
2933     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
2934         << CIAttr->isConstinit()
2935         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2936   }
2937 }
2938 
2939 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2940 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2941                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2942   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2943     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2944     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2945     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2946   }
2947   if (RetainAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
2948     RetainAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2949     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2950     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2951   }
2952 
2953   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2954     return;
2955 
2956   // [dcl.constinit]p1:
2957   //   If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
2958   //   variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
2959   const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2960   const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2961   if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
2962     const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
2963     auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2964 
2965     // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
2966     // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
2967     const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
2968     if (!InitDecl &&
2969         (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
2970       InitDecl = NewVD;
2971 
2972     if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
2973       // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
2974       // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
2975       // form).
2976       if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
2977         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
2978                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
2979     } else if (NewConstInit) {
2980       // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
2981       // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
2982       // declaration, this is too late.
2983       if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
2984         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
2985                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
2986         NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2987       }
2988     }
2989   }
2990 
2991   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2992   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2993 
2994   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2995     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2996       if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) {
2997         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2998         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2999         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3000       }
3001     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
3002       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
3003       // already been ODR-used.
3004       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
3005         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
3006     }
3007   }
3008 
3009   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
3010   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
3011     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
3012       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
3013         if (!llvm::is_contained(OldAbiTagAttr->tags(), NewTag)) {
3014           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
3015                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
3016               << NewTag;
3017           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3018         }
3019       }
3020     } else {
3021       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
3022       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3023     }
3024   }
3025 
3026   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
3027   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
3028     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
3029       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
3030         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
3031         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3032       }
3033     }
3034   }
3035 
3036   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
3037   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
3038   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
3039       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
3040     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
3041          << 0 /*codeseg*/;
3042     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3043   }
3044 
3045   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
3046     return;
3047 
3048   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
3049 
3050   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
3051   // we process them.
3052   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
3053 
3054   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
3055     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
3056     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
3057     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
3058         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
3059         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
3060       switch (AMK) {
3061       case AMK_None:
3062         continue;
3063 
3064       case AMK_Redeclaration:
3065       case AMK_Override:
3066       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
3067       case AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation:
3068         LocalAMK = AMK;
3069         break;
3070       }
3071     }
3072 
3073     // Already handled.
3074     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I) || isa<RetainAttr>(I))
3075       continue;
3076 
3077     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
3078       foundAny = true;
3079   }
3080 
3081   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
3082     foundAny = true;
3083 
3084   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
3085 }
3086 
3087 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
3088 /// to the new one.
3089 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
3090                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
3091                                      Sema &S) {
3092   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3093   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3094   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3095   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3096   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3097   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3098     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3099            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
3100     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
3101     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
3102     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
3103       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
3104     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
3105       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
3106     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
3107            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
3108   }
3109 
3110   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
3111     return;
3112 
3113   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
3114 
3115   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
3116   // done before we process them.
3117   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
3118 
3119   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
3120     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
3121       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
3122         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
3123       newAttr->setInherited(true);
3124       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
3125       foundAny = true;
3126     }
3127   }
3128 
3129   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
3130 }
3131 
3132 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
3133                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
3134                                 Sema &S) {
3135   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3136     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3137       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
3138         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
3139           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3140                *Newnullability,
3141                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3142                 != 0))
3143           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3144                *Oldnullability,
3145                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3146                 != 0));
3147         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3148       }
3149     } else {
3150       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
3151       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
3152                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
3153                          NewT, NewT);
3154       NewParam->setType(NewT);
3155     }
3156   }
3157 }
3158 
3159 namespace {
3160 
3161 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
3162 /// C.
3163 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
3164   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
3165   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
3166   QualType PromotedType;
3167 };
3168 
3169 } // end anonymous namespace
3170 
3171 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
3172 // declaration, or a declaration.
3173 template <typename T>
3174 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
3175 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3176   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3177   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
3178   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3179     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
3180   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
3181     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
3182     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
3183       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
3184   } else
3185     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
3186   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
3187 }
3188 
3189 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
3190 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
3191 /// GNU89 mode.
3192 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
3193                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
3194   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
3195           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
3196           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
3197           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
3198 }
3199 
3200 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
3201   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
3202   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
3203     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
3204   return AT;
3205 }
3206 
3207 template <typename T>
3208 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3209   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3210   if (DC->isRecord())
3211     return false;
3212 
3213   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3214   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3215     return true;
3216   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3217     return true;
3218   return false;
3219 }
3220 
3221 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3222 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3223 static bool isExternC(FunctionTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3224 
3225 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3226 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3227 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3228 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3229 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3230                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
3231   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3232   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3233   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
3234   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3235   //      and function templates; or
3236   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3237   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3238   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3239   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3240   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
3241 
3242   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3243   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3244   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3245   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3246   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
3247 
3248   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3249   if (Old &&
3250       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3251           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3252       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3253     Old = nullptr;
3254 
3255   if (!Old) {
3256     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3257     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3258     S.Diag(OldS->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3259     return true;
3260   }
3261   return false;
3262 }
3263 
3264 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3265                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
3266   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
3267 
3268   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3269     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3270     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3271     if (AttrA == AttrB)
3272       return true;
3273     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3274            AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3275   };
3276 
3277   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3278 }
3279 
3280 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3281 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3282 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3283                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3284   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3285   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3286   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3287   //
3288   //   inline namespace N { int f(); }
3289   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3290   //
3291   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3292   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3293   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3294   if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3295     return;
3296 
3297   // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3298   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3299   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3300   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3301     return;
3302 
3303   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||
3304           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&
3305          "unexpected context for redeclaration");
3306 
3307   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3308   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3309     if (!D)
3310       return;
3311     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3312     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3313   };
3314 
3315   FixSemaDC(NewD);
3316   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3317     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3318   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3319     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3320 }
3321 
3322 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
3323 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
3324 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
3325 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3326 ///
3327 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
3328 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
3329 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
3330 /// merged with.
3331 ///
3332 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
3333 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
3334                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3335   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3336   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3337   if (!Old) {
3338     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3339       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3340         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3341         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3342              diag::note_using_decl_target);
3343         Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
3344             << 0;
3345         return true;
3346       }
3347 
3348       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function or
3349       // function template.
3350       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate =
3351               New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
3352         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow,
3353                                                          NewTemplate))
3354           return true;
3355         OldD = Old = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl())
3356                          ->getAsFunction();
3357       } else {
3358         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3359           return true;
3360         OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3361       }
3362     } else {
3363       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3364         << New->getDeclName();
3365       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3366       return true;
3367     }
3368   }
3369 
3370   // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
3371   // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
3372   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
3373 
3374   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3375   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3376     return true;
3377 
3378   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3379   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3380     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3381     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3382         << Old << Old->getType();
3383     return true;
3384   }
3385 
3386   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3387   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3388   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3389       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3390 
3391   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3392   // is an extern inline function.
3393   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3394   // storage classes.
3395   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3396       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3397       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3398       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3399       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3400     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3401       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3402       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3403     } else {
3404       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3405       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3406       return true;
3407     }
3408   }
3409 
3410   if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>())
3411     if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3412       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl)
3413           << ILA;
3414       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3415       New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3416     }
3417 
3418   if (auto *EA = New->getAttr<ErrorAttr>()) {
3419     if (!Old->hasAttr<ErrorAttr>()) {
3420       Diag(EA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl) << EA;
3421       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3422       New->dropAttr<ErrorAttr>();
3423     }
3424   }
3425 
3426   if (CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, Old))
3427     return true;
3428 
3429   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3430     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3431     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3432       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3433         << New << OldOvl;
3434 
3435       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3436       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3437       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3438       //
3439       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3440       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3441       const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3442       if (OldOvl) {
3443         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3444           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3445           return A && !A->isImplicit();
3446         });
3447         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3448         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3449         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3450       }
3451 
3452       if (DiagOld)
3453         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3454              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3455           << OldOvl;
3456 
3457       if (OldOvl)
3458         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3459       else
3460         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3461     }
3462   }
3463 
3464   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3465   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3466   // convention of the first.
3467   //
3468   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3469   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3470   //
3471   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3472   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
3473   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3474   //
3475   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3476   // other tests to run.
3477   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3478   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3479   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3480   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3481   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3482   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3483   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3484 
3485   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3486     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3487     const FunctionType *FT =
3488         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3489     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3490     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3491     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3492       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3493       // there but not here.
3494       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3495       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3496     } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) {
3497       // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point,
3498       // so we check if the old one is a builtin.
3499 
3500       // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3501       // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3502       // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3503       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3504           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3505           << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3506       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3507       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3508     } else {
3509       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3510       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3511       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3512         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3513         << !FirstCCExplicit
3514         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3515             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3516 
3517       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3518       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3519       return true;
3520     }
3521   }
3522 
3523   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3524   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3525     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3526     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3527   }
3528 
3529   // Merge regparm attribute.
3530   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3531       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3532     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3533       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3534         << NewType->getRegParmType()
3535         << OldType->getRegParmType();
3536       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3537       return true;
3538     }
3539 
3540     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3541     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3542   }
3543 
3544   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3545   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3546     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3547       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3548           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3549       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3550       return true;
3551     }
3552 
3553     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3554     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3555   }
3556 
3557   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3558       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3559     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3560       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3561         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3562       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3563       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3564       return true;
3565     }
3566 
3567     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3568     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3569   }
3570 
3571   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3572     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3573     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3574     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3575     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3576   }
3577 
3578   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3579   // UndefinedButUsed.
3580   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3581       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3582       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3583       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3584       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3585     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3586                                            SourceLocation()));
3587 
3588   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3589   // about it.
3590   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3591       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3592     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3593   }
3594 
3595   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3596   // redeclaration.
3597   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3598       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3599     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3600         << New->getDeclName();
3601     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3602     return true;
3603   }
3604 
3605   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3606     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3607     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3608     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3609     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3610 
3611     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3612     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3613     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3614     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3615     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3616     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3617       return true;
3618     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3619     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3620 
3621     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3622     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3623     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3624     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3625     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3626     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3627     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3628     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3629         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3630                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3631       QualType ResQT;
3632       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3633           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3634         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3635         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3636       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3637         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3638           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3639               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3640         else
3641           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3642               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3643         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3644                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3645         return true;
3646       }
3647       else
3648         NewQType = ResQT;
3649     }
3650 
3651     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3652     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3653     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3654       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3655       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3656       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3657       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3658         QualType DT = OldAT->getDeducedType();
3659         if (DT.isNull()) {
3660           New->setType(SubstAutoTypeDependent(New->getType()));
3661           NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(SubstAutoTypeDependent(NewQType));
3662         } else {
3663           New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), DT));
3664           NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(SubstAutoType(NewQType, DT));
3665         }
3666       }
3667     }
3668 
3669     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3670     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3671     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3672       // Preserve triviality.
3673       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3674 
3675       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3676       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3677       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3678       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3679                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3680                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3681       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3682 
3683       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3684           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3685         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3686         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3687         //       is a static member function declaration.
3688         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3689           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3690           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3691           return true;
3692         }
3693 
3694         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3695         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3696         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3697         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3698         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3699           unsigned NewDiag;
3700           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3701             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3702           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3703             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3704           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3705             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3706           else
3707             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3708 
3709           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3710         } else {
3711           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3712             << New << New->getType();
3713         }
3714         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3715         return true;
3716 
3717       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3718       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3719       //
3720       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3721       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3722       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3723         if (isFriend) {
3724           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3725         } else {
3726           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3727                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3728             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3729           return true;
3730         }
3731       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3732         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3733              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3734           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3735         return true;
3736       }
3737     }
3738 
3739     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3740     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3741     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3742     //   attribute.
3743     if (const auto *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>())
3744       if (!Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3745         Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl)
3746             << NRA;
3747         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3748       }
3749 
3750     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3751     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3752     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3753     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3754     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3755     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3756       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3757            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3758       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3759            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3760     }
3761 
3762     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3763     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3764     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3765     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3766 
3767     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3768     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3769     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3770       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3771       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3772         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3773       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3774       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3775     }
3776 
3777     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3778       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3779       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3780       //
3781       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3782       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3783       // linkage within class scope.
3784       //
3785       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3786       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3787         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3788         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3789       } else {
3790         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3791         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3792         return true;
3793       }
3794     }
3795 
3796     // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the
3797     // exception specifier because it was already checked above in
3798     // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics
3799     // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility.
3800     if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison,
3801                                                          NewQType))
3802       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3803 
3804     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
3805     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
3806     // during instantiation.
3807     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
3808       return false;
3809 
3810     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3811   }
3812 
3813   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3814   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3815   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3816       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3817     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3818     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3819     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3820     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3821         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3822       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3823       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3824       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3825       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3826       NewQType =
3827           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3828                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3829       New->setType(NewQType);
3830       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3831 
3832       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3833       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3834       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3835         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3836                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3837                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3838                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3839         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3840         Param->setImplicit();
3841         Params.push_back(Param);
3842       }
3843 
3844       New->setParams(Params);
3845     }
3846 
3847     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3848   }
3849 
3850   // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address
3851   // spaces are ignored.
3852   if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType))
3853     return false;
3854 
3855   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3856   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3857   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3858   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3859   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3860   // the prototype.
3861   //
3862   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3863   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3864   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3865   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3866   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3867       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3868       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3869       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3870     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3871     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3872     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3873       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3874     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3875       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3876 
3877     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3878     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3879                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3880     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3881     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3882          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3883       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3884       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3885       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3886                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3887         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3888       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3889                                             NewParm->getType(),
3890                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3891         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3892                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3893         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3894         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3895       } else
3896         LooseCompatible = false;
3897     }
3898 
3899     if (LooseCompatible) {
3900       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3901         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3902              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3903           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3904           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3905         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3906           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3907                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3908       }
3909 
3910       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3911         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3912                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3913       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3914     }
3915 
3916     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3917   }
3918 
3919   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3920   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3921 
3922   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3923   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3924   unsigned BuiltinID;
3925   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3926     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3927     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3928     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3929       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3930       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3931         << Old << Old->getType();
3932       return false;
3933     }
3934 
3935     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3936   }
3937 
3938   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3939   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3940   return true;
3941 }
3942 
3943 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3944 /// known to be compatible.
3945 ///
3946 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3947 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3948 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3949 /// redeclaration of Old.
3950 ///
3951 /// \returns false
3952 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3953                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3954   // Merge the attributes
3955   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3956 
3957   // Merge "pure" flag.
3958   if (Old->isPure())
3959     New->setPure();
3960 
3961   // Merge "used" flag.
3962   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3963     New->setIsUsed();
3964 
3965   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3966   // declarations.
3967   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3968       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3969         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3970         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3971         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3972         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3973       }
3974 
3975   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3976     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3977 
3978   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3979   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3980   // was visible.
3981   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3982   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3983     New->setType(Merged);
3984 
3985   return false;
3986 }
3987 
3988 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3989                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3990   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3991   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3992       isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3993           ? (oldMethod->isOptional() ? AMK_OptionalProtocolImplementation
3994                                      : AMK_ProtocolImplementation)
3995           : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3996                                                            : AMK_Override;
3997 
3998   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3999 
4000   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
4001   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
4002                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
4003   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
4004          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
4005        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
4006     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
4007 
4008   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
4009 }
4010 
4011 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
4012   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
4013 
4014   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
4015          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
4016          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
4017     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
4018 
4019   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4020   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4021   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
4022     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4023   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4024   New->setInvalidDecl();
4025 }
4026 
4027 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
4028 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
4029 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
4030 ///
4031 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
4032 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
4033 /// is attached.
4034 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
4035                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
4036   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
4037     return;
4038 
4039   QualType MergedT;
4040   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4041     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
4042       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
4043       return;
4044     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
4045       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
4046       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
4047     }
4048     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
4049     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
4050     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
4051     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
4052     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
4053     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
4054       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
4055       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
4056 
4057       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
4058       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
4059       // mismatch.
4060       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
4061         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
4062              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
4063           QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType();
4064           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
4065             continue;
4066 
4067           if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy))
4068             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
4069         }
4070       }
4071 
4072       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
4073         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
4074                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
4075           MergedT = New->getType();
4076       }
4077       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
4078       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
4079       // visible.
4080       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4081         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
4082                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
4083           MergedT = Old->getType();
4084       }
4085     }
4086     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4087                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4088       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
4089                                               Old->getType());
4090     }
4091   } else {
4092     // C 6.2.7p2:
4093     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
4094     //   compatible type.
4095     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
4096   }
4097   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
4098     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
4099     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
4100     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
4101     // equivalent.
4102     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
4103     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
4104          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
4105       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
4106       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
4107       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
4108       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
4109         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
4110       return;
4111     }
4112     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
4113   }
4114 
4115   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
4116   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
4117   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
4118     New->setType(MergedT);
4119 }
4120 
4121 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
4122                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
4123   // C11 6.2.7p4:
4124   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
4125   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
4126   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
4127   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
4128   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
4129   //
4130   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
4131   if (Previous.isShadowed())
4132     return false;
4133 
4134   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4135     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
4136     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
4137     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
4138     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
4139     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
4140            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4141             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
4142   } else {
4143     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
4144     // type unless we're in the same function.
4145     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4146            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
4147   }
4148 }
4149 
4150 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
4151 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
4152 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
4153 ///
4154 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
4155 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
4156 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
4157 ///
4158 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
4159   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
4160   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4161     return;
4162 
4163   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
4164     return;
4165 
4166   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
4167 
4168   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
4169   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
4170   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
4171   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4172     if (NewTemplate) {
4173       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4174       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
4175 
4176       if (auto *Shadow =
4177               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4178         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
4179           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4180     } else {
4181       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4182 
4183       if (auto *Shadow =
4184               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4185         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
4186           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4187     }
4188   }
4189   if (!Old) {
4190     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
4191         << New->getDeclName();
4192     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
4193                            New->getLocation());
4194     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4195   }
4196 
4197   // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
4198   // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
4199   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4200 
4201   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
4202   if (NewTemplate &&
4203       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4204                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4205                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
4206     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4207 
4208   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
4209   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
4210   //
4211   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
4212   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
4213     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
4214       << New->getIdentifier();
4215     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4216     New->setInvalidDecl();
4217   }
4218 
4219   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4220   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
4221   // declaration
4222   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
4223       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
4224       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
4225     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
4226     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4227     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
4228     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
4229   }
4230 
4231   if (const auto *ILA = New->getAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>())
4232     if (!Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
4233       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_missing_on_first_decl)
4234           << ILA;
4235       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4236       New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4237     }
4238 
4239   // Merge the types.
4240   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4241   if (MostRecent != Old) {
4242     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4243                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4244     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4245       return;
4246   }
4247 
4248   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4249   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4250     return;
4251 
4252   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4253   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4254   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4255       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4256 
4257   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4258   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4259       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4260       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4261     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4262       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4263           << New->getDeclName();
4264       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4265     } else {
4266       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4267           << New->getDeclName();
4268       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4269       return New->setInvalidDecl();
4270     }
4271   }
4272   // C99 6.2.2p4:
4273   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4274   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4275   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4276   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4277   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4278   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4279   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4280   //   identifier has external linkage.
4281   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4282     /* Okay */;
4283   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4284            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4285            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4286     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4287     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4288     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4289   }
4290 
4291   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4292   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4293       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4294     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4295     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4296     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4297   }
4298   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4299       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4300     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4301     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4302     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4303   }
4304 
4305   if (CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, Old))
4306     return;
4307 
4308   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4309 
4310   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4311   // need to check for mismatches.
4312   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4313       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4314       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4315         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4316     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4317     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4318     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4319   }
4320 
4321   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4322     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4323       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4324       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4325       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4326       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4327       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4328     }
4329   }
4330 
4331   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4332   // UndefinedButUsed.
4333   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4334       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4335     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4336                                            SourceLocation()));
4337 
4338   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4339     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4340       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4341       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4342     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4343       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4344       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4345     } else {
4346       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4347       // static and dynamic initialization.
4348       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4349       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4350       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4351         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4352       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4353     }
4354   }
4355 
4356   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4357   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4358       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4359     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4360         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4361       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4362       Diag(New->getLocation(),
4363            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4364     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4365       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4366         return;
4367     }
4368   }
4369 
4370   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4371     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4372     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4373     New->setInvalidDecl();
4374     return;
4375   }
4376 
4377   // Merge "used" flag.
4378   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4379     New->setIsUsed();
4380 
4381   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4382   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4383   if (NewTemplate)
4384     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4385 
4386   // Inherit access appropriately.
4387   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4388   if (NewTemplate)
4389     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4390 
4391   if (Old->isInline())
4392     New->setImplicitlyInline();
4393 }
4394 
4395 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4396   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4397   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4398   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4399   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4400   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4401   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4402   StringRef HdrFilename =
4403       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4404 
4405   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4406                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4407     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4408     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4409     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4410     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4411     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4412       if (Mod) {
4413         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4414             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4415         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4416           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4417               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4418       } else {
4419         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4420             << HdrFilename.str();
4421       }
4422       return true;
4423     }
4424 
4425     return false;
4426   };
4427 
4428   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4429   // this leads to a redefinition error.
4430   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4431     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4432     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4433     bool EmittedDiag =
4434         noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4435     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4436 
4437     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4438     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4439       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4440 
4441     if (EmittedDiag)
4442       return;
4443   }
4444 
4445   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4446   if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4447     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4448 }
4449 
4450 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4451 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4452 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4453   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4454       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4455        New->isInline() ||
4456        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4457        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4458        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4459     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4460     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4461     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4462 
4463     // Make the canonical definition visible.
4464     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4465       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4466     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4467     return false;
4468   } else {
4469     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4470     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4471     New->setInvalidDecl();
4472     return true;
4473   }
4474 }
4475 
4476 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4477 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4478 Decl *
4479 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4480                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4481   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4482                                     AnonRecord);
4483 }
4484 
4485 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4486 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4487 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4488 // compatibility.
4489 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4490 // targeted.
4491 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4492   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4493              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4494              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4495 }
4496 
4497 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4498   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4499     return;
4500 
4501   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4502     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4503     // it is anonymous.
4504     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4505       return;
4506     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4507         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4508     Context.setManglingNumber(
4509         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4510                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4511     return;
4512   }
4513 
4514   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4515   MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
4516   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4517   std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
4518       getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext());
4519   if (MCtx) {
4520     Context.setManglingNumber(
4521         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4522                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4523   }
4524 }
4525 
4526 namespace {
4527 struct NonCLikeKind {
4528   enum {
4529     None,
4530     BaseClass,
4531     DefaultMemberInit,
4532     Lambda,
4533     Friend,
4534     OtherMember,
4535     Invalid,
4536   } Kind = None;
4537   SourceRange Range;
4538 
4539   explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; }
4540 };
4541 }
4542 
4543 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++
4544 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage.
4545 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
4546   if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
4547     return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}};
4548 
4549   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1]
4550   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not
4551   //
4552   //    -- have any base classes
4553   if (RD->getNumBases())
4554     return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass,
4555             SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(),
4556                         RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())};
4557   bool Invalid = false;
4558   for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
4559     // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed.
4560     if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
4561       Invalid = true;
4562       continue;
4563     }
4564 
4565     //  -- have any [...] default member initializers
4566     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4567       if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) {
4568         auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer();
4569         return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit,
4570                 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()};
4571       }
4572       continue;
4573     }
4574 
4575     // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of
4576     // P1766, but not the intent.
4577     if (isa<FriendDecl>(D))
4578       return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()};
4579 
4580     //  -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member
4581     //     enumerations, or member classes,
4582     if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) ||
4583         isa<EnumDecl>(D))
4584       continue;
4585     auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
4586     if (!MemberRD) {
4587       if (D->isImplicit())
4588         continue;
4589       return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()};
4590     }
4591 
4592     //  -- contain a lambda-expression,
4593     if (MemberRD->isLambda())
4594       return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()};
4595 
4596     //  and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements
4597     //  (recursively).
4598     if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4599       if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD))
4600         return Kind;
4601     }
4602   }
4603 
4604   return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}};
4605 }
4606 
4607 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4608                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4609   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4610     return;
4611 
4612   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4613   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4614     return;
4615 
4616   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4617   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4618 
4619   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
4620   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4621                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4622     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4623       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4624     return;
4625   }
4626 
4627   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR]
4628   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be
4629   //   C-like].
4630   //
4631   // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally
4632   // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't
4633   // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early.
4634   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec);
4635   NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD)
4636                              : NonCLikeKind();
4637   bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed();
4638   if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) {
4639     if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid)
4640       return;
4641 
4642     unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4643     if (ChangesLinkage) {
4644       // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension.
4645       if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None)
4646         DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage;
4647       else
4648         DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4649     }
4650 
4651     SourceLocation FixitLoc =
4652         getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart());
4653     llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert;
4654     TextToInsert += ' ';
4655     TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4656 
4657     Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID)
4658       << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD)
4659       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert);
4660     if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) {
4661       Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct)
4662         << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range;
4663     }
4664     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here)
4665       << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD);
4666 
4667     if (ChangesLinkage)
4668       return;
4669   }
4670 
4671   // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4672   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4673 }
4674 
4675 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4676   switch (T) {
4677   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4678     return 0;
4679   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4680     return 1;
4681   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4682     return 2;
4683   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4684     return 3;
4685   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4686     return 4;
4687   default:
4688     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4689   }
4690 }
4691 
4692 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4693 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4694 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4695 Decl *
4696 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4697                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4698                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4699                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4700   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4701   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4702   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4703       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4704       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4705       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4706       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4707     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4708 
4709     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4710       return nullptr;
4711 
4712     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4713     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4714     // it's a Type.
4715     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4716       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4717     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4718       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4719   }
4720 
4721   if (Tag) {
4722     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4723     Tag->setFreeStanding();
4724     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4725       return Tag;
4726   }
4727 
4728   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4729     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4730     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4731     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4732       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4733            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4734            << DS.getSourceRange();
4735   }
4736 
4737   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4738     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4739         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4740 
4741   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
4742     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4743     // and definitions of functions and variables.
4744     // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
4745     // the declaration of a function or function template
4746     if (Tag)
4747       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4748           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType())
4749           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4750     else
4751       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
4752           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4753     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4754     return TagD;
4755   }
4756 
4757   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4758 
4759   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4760     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4761     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4762     if (TagD && !Tag)
4763       return nullptr;
4764     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4765   }
4766 
4767   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4768   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4769     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4770   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4771       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4772       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4773     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4774     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4775     // or an explicit specialization.
4776     //
4777     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4778     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4779     //
4780     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4781     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4782         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4783     return nullptr;
4784   }
4785 
4786   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4787   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4788 
4789   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4790   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4791     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4792         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4793       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4794           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4795         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4796         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4797         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4798         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4799         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4800         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4801         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4802         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4803           AnonRecord = Record;
4804         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4805                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4806       }
4807 
4808       DeclaresAnything = false;
4809     }
4810   }
4811 
4812   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4813   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4814   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4815   //
4816   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4817   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4818   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4819       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4820     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4821     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4822     //   struct STRUCT;
4823     //   union UNION;
4824     // and
4825     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4826     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4827     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4828         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4829       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4830       if (Tag)
4831         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4832       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4833                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4834         Record = RT->getDecl();
4835       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4836         Record = UT->getDecl();
4837 
4838       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4839         Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4840             << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4841         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4842       }
4843 
4844       DeclaresAnything = false;
4845     }
4846   }
4847 
4848   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4849   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4850       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4851     return TagD;
4852 
4853   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4854       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4855     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4856       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4857           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4858         DeclaresAnything = false;
4859 
4860   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4861     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4862     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4863       Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4864           << DS.getSourceRange();
4865     else
4866       DeclaresAnything = false;
4867   }
4868 
4869   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4870       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4871     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4872       << Tag->getTagKind()
4873       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4874 
4875   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4876 
4877   // C 6.7/2:
4878   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4879   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4880   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4881   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4882   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4883   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4884   //   previous declaration.
4885   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4886     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4887     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4888     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty())
4889                                ? diag::err_no_declarators
4890                                : diag::ext_no_declarators)
4891         << DS.getSourceRange();
4892     return TagD;
4893   }
4894 
4895   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4896   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4897   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4898   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4899   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4900   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4901   //
4902   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4903   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4904   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4905     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4906 
4907   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4908   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4909   // useless.
4910   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4911     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4912       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4913       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4914       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4915     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4916       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4917         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4918   }
4919 
4920   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4921     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4922       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4923   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4924     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4925       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4926     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4927       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4928     // Restrict is covered above.
4929     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4930       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4931     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4932       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4933   }
4934 
4935   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4936   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4937   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4938   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4939     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4940     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4941         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4942         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4943         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4944         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4945       for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes())
4946         Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4947             << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4948     }
4949   }
4950 
4951   return TagD;
4952 }
4953 
4954 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4955 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4956 ///
4957 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4958 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4959                                          Scope *S,
4960                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4961                                          DeclarationName Name,
4962                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4963                                          bool IsUnion) {
4964   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4965                  Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4966   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4967 
4968   // Pick a representative declaration.
4969   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4970   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4971 
4972   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4973     return false;
4974 
4975   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4976     << IsUnion << Name;
4977   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4978 
4979   return true;
4980 }
4981 
4982 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4983 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4984 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4985 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4986 /// struct, e.g.,
4987 ///
4988 /// @code
4989 /// union {
4990 ///   int i;
4991 ///   float f;
4992 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4993 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4994 /// @endcode
4995 ///
4996 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4997 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4998 static bool
4999 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
5000                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
5001                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
5002   bool Invalid = false;
5003 
5004   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
5005   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
5006     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
5007         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
5008       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
5009       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
5010                                        VD->getLocation(),
5011                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
5012         // C++ [class.union]p2:
5013         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
5014         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
5015         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
5016         Invalid = true;
5017       } else {
5018         // C++ [class.union]p2:
5019         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
5020         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
5021         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
5022         //   anonymous union is declared.
5023         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
5024         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
5025           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
5026         else
5027           Chaining.push_back(VD);
5028 
5029         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
5030         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
5031           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
5032         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
5033           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
5034 
5035         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
5036             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
5037             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
5038 
5039         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
5040           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
5041 
5042         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
5043         IndirectField->setImplicit();
5044         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
5045 
5046         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
5047         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
5048 
5049         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
5050       }
5051     }
5052   }
5053 
5054   return Invalid;
5055 }
5056 
5057 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
5058 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
5059 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
5060 static StorageClass
5061 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5062   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5063   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5064          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
5065   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
5066   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
5067   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
5068     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
5069       return SC_None;
5070     return SC_Extern;
5071   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
5072   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
5073   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
5074   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5075     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
5076   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
5077   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
5078   }
5079   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
5080 }
5081 
5082 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
5083   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
5084 
5085   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
5086     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
5087     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
5088       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
5089     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
5090       return FD->getLocation();
5091   }
5092 
5093   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
5094 }
5095 
5096 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
5097                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
5098   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
5099     return;
5100 
5101   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
5102   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
5103 }
5104 
5105 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
5106                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
5107   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
5108     return;
5109 
5110   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
5111 }
5112 
5113 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
5114 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
5115 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
5116 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
5117 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5118                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
5119                                         RecordDecl *Record,
5120                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
5121   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
5122 
5123   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
5124   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
5125     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
5126   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5127     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
5128   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
5129     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
5130 
5131   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
5132   // structs/unions.
5133   bool Invalid = false;
5134   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5135     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
5136     if (Record->isUnion()) {
5137       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5138       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
5139       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
5140       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
5141       unsigned DiagID;
5142       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
5143       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
5144           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
5145            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
5146             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
5147         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
5148           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
5149 
5150         // Recover by adding 'static'.
5151         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
5152                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
5153       }
5154       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5155       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
5156       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
5157       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5158                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5159         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5160              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
5161           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5162 
5163         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
5164         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
5165                                SourceLocation(),
5166                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5167       }
5168     }
5169 
5170     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
5171     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5172       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5173         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5174           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
5175           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
5176       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5177         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
5178              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5179           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
5180           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
5181       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5182         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5183              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5184           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
5185           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
5186       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5187         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
5188              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5189           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
5190           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
5191       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5192         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
5193              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5194           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
5195           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
5196 
5197       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
5198     }
5199 
5200     // C++ [class.union]p2:
5201     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
5202     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
5203     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
5204     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
5205       // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them.
5206       if (Mem->isInvalidDecl())
5207         continue;
5208 
5209       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
5210         // C++ [class.union]p3:
5211         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
5212         //   members (clause 11).
5213         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
5214         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
5215           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
5216             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
5217           Invalid = true;
5218         }
5219 
5220         // C++ [class.union]p1
5221         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
5222         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
5223         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
5224         //   array of such objects.
5225         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
5226           Invalid = true;
5227       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
5228         // Any implicit members are fine.
5229       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
5230         // This is a type that showed up in an
5231         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
5232         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
5233         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
5234       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
5235         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
5236             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
5237           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5238           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
5239             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5240               << Record->isUnion();
5241           else {
5242             // This is a nested type declaration.
5243             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5244               << Record->isUnion();
5245             Invalid = true;
5246           }
5247         } else {
5248           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
5249           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
5250           // not part of standard C++.
5251           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
5252                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
5253             << Record->isUnion();
5254         }
5255       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
5256         // Any access specifier is fine.
5257       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
5258         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
5259       } else {
5260         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
5261         // member. Complain about it.
5262         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
5263         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
5264           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
5265         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
5266           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
5267         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
5268           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
5269 
5270         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5271         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
5272             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5273           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5274             << Record->isUnion();
5275         else {
5276           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
5277           Invalid = true;
5278         }
5279       }
5280     }
5281 
5282     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
5283     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
5284     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
5285     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
5286         Owner->isRecord())
5287       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
5288                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
5289   }
5290 
5291   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
5292     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
5293       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
5294     Invalid = true;
5295   }
5296 
5297   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5298   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5299   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5300   //   names into the program
5301   // C++ [class.mem]p2:
5302   //   each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
5303   //   name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
5304   //
5305   // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
5306   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
5307     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
5308 
5309   // Mock up a declarator.
5310   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member);
5311   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5312   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
5313 
5314   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
5315   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
5316   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5317     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
5318         Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
5319         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
5320         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5321         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5322     Anon->setAccess(AS);
5323     ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5324 
5325     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5326       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
5327   } else {
5328     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5329     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
5330     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5331       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5332       // an error here
5333       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5334       Invalid = true;
5335       SC = SC_None;
5336     }
5337 
5338     assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected");
5339     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
5340                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
5341                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
5342 
5343     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
5344     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
5345     // initializer:
5346     //   union { int n = 0; };
5347     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
5348   }
5349   Anon->setImplicit();
5350 
5351   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5352   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5353 
5354   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5355   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5356   // its members.
5357   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5358 
5359   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5360   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5361   // purposes.
5362   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5363   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5364 
5365   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
5366     Invalid = true;
5367 
5368   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5369     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5370       MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
5371       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5372       std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
5373           getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
5374       if (MCtx) {
5375         Context.setManglingNumber(
5376             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5377                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5378         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5379       }
5380     }
5381   }
5382 
5383   if (Invalid)
5384     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5385 
5386   return Anon;
5387 }
5388 
5389 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
5390 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
5391 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
5392 /// Example:
5393 ///
5394 /// struct A { int a; };
5395 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
5396 ///
5397 /// void foo() {
5398 ///   B var;
5399 ///   var.a = 3;
5400 /// }
5401 ///
5402 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5403                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
5404   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
5405 
5406   // Mock up a declarator.
5407   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName);
5408   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5409   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
5410 
5411   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5412   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5413 
5414   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5415   NamedDecl *Anon =
5416       FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5417                         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5418                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5419                         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5420   Anon->setImplicit();
5421 
5422   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5423   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5424 
5425   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5426   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5427   // purposes.
5428   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5429   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5430 
5431   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5432   if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5433                                diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) ||
5434       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
5435                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
5436     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5437     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5438   }
5439 
5440   return Anon;
5441 }
5442 
5443 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
5444 /// given Declarator.
5445 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5446   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5447 }
5448 
5449 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
5450 DeclarationNameInfo
5451 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5452   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5453   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5454 
5455   switch (Name.getKind()) {
5456 
5457   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5458   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5459     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5460     return NameInfo;
5461 
5462   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5463     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5464     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5465     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5466     //   of the simple-template-id.
5467     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5468     // class template.
5469     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5470     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5471     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5472     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5473     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5474     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5475     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5476       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5477            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5478         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5479       if (Template)
5480         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
5481       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5482     }
5483 
5484     NameInfo.setName(
5485         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5486     return NameInfo;
5487   }
5488 
5489   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5490     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5491                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5492     NameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(
5493         Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0], Name.EndLocation));
5494     return NameInfo;
5495 
5496   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5497     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5498                                                            Name.Identifier));
5499     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5500     return NameInfo;
5501 
5502   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5503     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5504     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5505     if (Ty.isNull())
5506       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5507     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5508                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5509     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5510     return NameInfo;
5511   }
5512 
5513   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5514     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5515     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5516     if (Ty.isNull())
5517       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5518     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5519                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5520     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5521     return NameInfo;
5522   }
5523 
5524   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5525     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5526     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5527     // to find the actual type being constructed.
5528     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5529     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5530       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5531 
5532     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5533     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5534 
5535     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5536     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5537     // was qualified.
5538 
5539     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5540                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5541     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5542     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5543     return NameInfo;
5544   }
5545 
5546   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5547     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5548     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5549     if (Ty.isNull())
5550       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5551     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5552                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5553     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5554     return NameInfo;
5555   }
5556 
5557   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5558     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5559     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5560     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5561   }
5562 
5563   } // switch (Name.getKind())
5564 
5565   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5566 }
5567 
5568 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5569   do {
5570     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5571       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5572     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5573       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5574     else
5575       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5576   } while (true);
5577 }
5578 
5579 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5580 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5581 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5582 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5583 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5584 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5585 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5586 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5587                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5588                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
5589                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5590   Params.clear();
5591   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5592     return false;
5593   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5594     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5595     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5596 
5597     // The parameter types are identical
5598     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5599       continue;
5600 
5601     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5602     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5603     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5604     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5605 
5606     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5607         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5608       Params.push_back(Idx);
5609     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
5610       return false;
5611   }
5612 
5613   return true;
5614 }
5615 
5616 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5617 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5618 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5619 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5620 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5621 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5622                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
5623   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5624   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5625   //   - types which will become injected class names
5626   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5627   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5628   // few cases here.
5629 
5630   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5631   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5632   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5633   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5634   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5635   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5636     // Grab the type from the parser.
5637     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5638     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5639     if (T.isNull() || !T->isInstantiationDependentType()) break;
5640 
5641     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
5642     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5643     // attached already.
5644     if (!TSI)
5645       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5646 
5647     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5648     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5649     if (!TSI) return true;
5650 
5651     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5652     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5653     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5654     break;
5655   }
5656 
5657   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5658   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5659     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5660     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5661     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5662     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5663     break;
5664   }
5665 
5666   default:
5667     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5668     break;
5669   }
5670 
5671   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5672   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5673     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5674 
5675     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5676     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5677     // pointer.
5678     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5679       continue;
5680 
5681     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5682     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5683     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5684       return true;
5685   }
5686 
5687   return false;
5688 }
5689 
5690 void Sema::warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D) {
5691   // Avoid warning twice on the same identifier, and don't warn on redeclaration
5692   // of system decl.
5693   if (D->getPreviousDecl() || D->isImplicit())
5694     return;
5695   ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = D->isReserved(getLangOpts());
5696   if (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved &&
5697       !Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation()))
5698     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_reserved_extern_symbol)
5699         << D << static_cast<int>(Status);
5700 }
5701 
5702 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5703   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration);
5704   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5705 
5706   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5707       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5708     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5709 
5710   return Dcl;
5711 }
5712 
5713 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5714 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5715 ///   name different from T:
5716 ///     - every static data member of class T;
5717 ///     - every member function of class T
5718 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5719 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5720 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5721                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5722   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5723 
5724   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5725   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5726     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5727   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5728     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5729     return true;
5730   }
5731 
5732   return false;
5733 }
5734 
5735 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5736 /// nested-name-specifier.
5737 ///
5738 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5739 ///
5740 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5741 /// resolves.
5742 ///
5743 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5744 ///
5745 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5746 ///
5747 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus
5748 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation.
5749 ///
5750 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5751 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5752                                         DeclarationName Name,
5753                                         SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) {
5754   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5755   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5756     Cur = Cur->getParent();
5757 
5758   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5759   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5760   //
5761   // class X {
5762   //   void X::f();
5763   // };
5764   //
5765   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5766   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5767   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5768     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5769       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5770                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5771         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5772       SS.clear();
5773     } else {
5774       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5775     }
5776     return false;
5777   }
5778 
5779   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5780   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
5781   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
5782   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) {
5783     if (Cur->isRecord())
5784       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5785         << Name << SS.getRange();
5786     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5787       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5788         << Name << SS.getRange();
5789     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5790       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5791         << Name << SS.getRange();
5792     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5793       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5794         << Name << SS.getRange();
5795     else if (isa<ExportDecl>(Cur)) {
5796       if (!isa<NamespaceDecl>(DC))
5797         Diag(Loc, diag::err_export_non_namespace_scope_name)
5798             << Name << SS.getRange();
5799       else
5800         // The cases that DC is not NamespaceDecl should be handled in
5801         // CheckRedeclarationExported.
5802         return false;
5803     } else
5804       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5805       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5806 
5807     return true;
5808   }
5809 
5810   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5811     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5812     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5813       << Name << SS.getRange();
5814     SS.clear();
5815 
5816     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5817     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5818     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5819     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5820          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5821         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5822                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5823       return true;
5824 
5825     return false;
5826   }
5827 
5828   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5829   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5830   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5831   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5832   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5833     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5834   if (isa_and_nonnull<DecltypeType>(
5835           SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5836     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5837       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5838 
5839   return false;
5840 }
5841 
5842 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5843                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5844   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5845   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5846   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5847 
5848   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5849   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5850   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5851     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5852   } else if (!Name) {
5853     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5854       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5855           << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5856     return nullptr;
5857   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5858     return nullptr;
5859 
5860   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5861   // we find one that is.
5862   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5863          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5864     S = S->getParent();
5865 
5866   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5867   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5868     D.setInvalidType();
5869   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5870     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5871                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5872       return nullptr;
5873 
5874     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5875     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5876     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5877       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5878       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5879       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5880       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5881       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5882            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5883         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5884         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5885       return nullptr;
5886     }
5887     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5888 
5889     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5890         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5891       return nullptr;
5892 
5893     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5894     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5895       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5896            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5897         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5898       return nullptr;
5899     }
5900     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5901       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(
5902               D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5903               D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) {
5904         if (DC->isRecord())
5905           return nullptr;
5906 
5907         D.setInvalidType();
5908       }
5909     }
5910 
5911     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5912     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5913     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5914         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5915       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5916       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5917         D.setInvalidType();
5918     }
5919   }
5920 
5921   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5922   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5923 
5924   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5925                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5926     D.setInvalidType();
5927 
5928   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5929                         forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5930 
5931   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5932   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5933     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5934     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5935 
5936     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5937     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5938     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5939     //
5940     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5941     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5942     // the same name.
5943     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5944       /* Do nothing*/;
5945     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5946              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5947               R->isFunctionType())) {
5948       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5949       CreateBuiltins =
5950           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5951     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5952                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5953       CreateBuiltins = true;
5954 
5955     if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5956       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5957       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5958     }
5959 
5960     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5961   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5962     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5963 
5964     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5965     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5966     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5967     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5968     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5969     //  thereof; [...]
5970     //
5971     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5972     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5973     // we want to match. For example, given:
5974     //
5975     //   class X {
5976     //     void f();
5977     //     void f(float);
5978     //   };
5979     //
5980     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5981     //
5982     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5983     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5984     // matches.
5985 
5986     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5987     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5988     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5989     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5990     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5991   }
5992 
5993   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5994       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5995     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5996     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5997       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5998                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5999 
6000     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6001     Previous.clear();
6002   }
6003 
6004   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
6005     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
6006     Previous.clear();
6007 
6008   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
6009   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
6010   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
6011   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
6012   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
6013       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
6014       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
6015     Previous.clear();
6016 
6017   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
6018   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
6019   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6020     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
6021 
6022   NamedDecl *New;
6023 
6024   bool AddToScope = true;
6025   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
6026     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
6027       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
6028       return nullptr;
6029     }
6030 
6031     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
6032   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
6033     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
6034                                   TemplateParamLists,
6035                                   AddToScope);
6036   } else {
6037     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
6038                                   AddToScope);
6039   }
6040 
6041   if (!New)
6042     return nullptr;
6043 
6044   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
6045   // add it to the scope stack.
6046   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
6047     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
6048 
6049   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
6050     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
6051 
6052   return New;
6053 }
6054 
6055 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6056 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6057 /// GCC compatibility).
6058 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
6059                                                     ASTContext &Context,
6060                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
6061                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6062   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
6063   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
6064   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
6065   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
6066   SizeIsNegative = false;
6067   Oversized = 0;
6068 
6069   if (T->isDependentType())
6070     return QualType();
6071 
6072   QualifierCollector Qs;
6073   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
6074 
6075   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
6076     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
6077     QualType FixedType =
6078         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
6079                                             Oversized);
6080     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
6081     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
6082     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
6083   }
6084   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
6085     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
6086     QualType FixedType =
6087         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
6088                                             Oversized);
6089     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
6090     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
6091     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
6092   }
6093 
6094   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
6095   if (!VLATy)
6096     return QualType();
6097 
6098   QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType();
6099   if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6100     ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context,
6101                                                  SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6102     if (ElemTy.isNull())
6103       return QualType();
6104   }
6105 
6106   Expr::EvalResult Result;
6107   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
6108       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
6109     return QualType();
6110 
6111   llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
6112 
6113   // Check whether the array size is negative.
6114   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
6115     SizeIsNegative = true;
6116     return QualType();
6117   }
6118 
6119   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
6120   unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
6121       (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
6122        !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType())
6123           ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res)
6124           : Res.getActiveBits();
6125   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
6126     Oversized = Res;
6127     return QualType();
6128   }
6129 
6130   QualType FoldedArrayType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
6131       ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArrayType::Normal, 0);
6132   return Qs.apply(Context, FoldedArrayType);
6133 }
6134 
6135 static void
6136 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
6137   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
6138   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
6139   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
6140     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
6141     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
6142                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
6143     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
6144     return;
6145   }
6146   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
6147     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
6148     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
6149                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
6150     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
6151     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
6152     return;
6153   }
6154   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6155   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6156   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
6157   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
6158   if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL =
6159           SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) {
6160     ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>();
6161     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL);
6162   } else {
6163     DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
6164   }
6165   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
6166   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
6167   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
6168 }
6169 
6170 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6171 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6172 /// GCC compatibility).
6173 static TypeSourceInfo*
6174 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6175                                               ASTContext &Context,
6176                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
6177                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6178   QualType FixedTy
6179     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
6180                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6181   if (FixedTy.isNull())
6182     return nullptr;
6183   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
6184   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
6185                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
6186   return FixedTInfo;
6187 }
6188 
6189 /// Attempt to fold a variable-sized type to a constant-sized type, returning
6190 /// true if we were successful.
6191 bool Sema::tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo,
6192                                            QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc,
6193                                            unsigned FailedFoldDiagID) {
6194   bool SizeIsNegative;
6195   llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6196   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
6197       TInfo, Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6198   if (FixedTInfo) {
6199     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6200     TInfo = FixedTInfo;
6201     T = FixedTInfo->getType();
6202     return true;
6203   }
6204 
6205   if (SizeIsNegative)
6206     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6207   else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6208     Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) << toString(Oversized, 10);
6209   else if (FailedFoldDiagID)
6210     Diag(Loc, FailedFoldDiagID);
6211   return false;
6212 }
6213 
6214 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
6215 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
6216 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
6217 /// function-scope declarations.
6218 void
6219 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
6220   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6221       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6222     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
6223     return;
6224 
6225   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
6226   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
6227 }
6228 
6229 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
6230   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
6231   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
6232   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
6233 }
6234 
6235 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
6236 /// does not identify a function.
6237 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
6238   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
6239   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
6240   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
6241     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6242          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6243 
6244   if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
6245     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6246          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
6247 
6248   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
6249     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6250          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
6251 }
6252 
6253 NamedDecl*
6254 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
6255                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
6256   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6257   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6258     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
6259       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6260     D.setInvalidType();
6261     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
6262     DC = CurContext;
6263     Previous.clear();
6264   }
6265 
6266   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6267 
6268   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
6269     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6270         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
6271   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
6272     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6273         << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
6274 
6275   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
6276     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
6277       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
6278            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
6279           << "typedef";
6280     else
6281       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
6282           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
6283     return nullptr;
6284   }
6285 
6286   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
6287   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
6288 
6289   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6290   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
6291 
6292   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
6293 
6294   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
6295   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
6296   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
6297   return ND;
6298 }
6299 
6300 void
6301 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
6302   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
6303   // then it shall have block scope.
6304   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
6305   // that redeclarations will match.
6306   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6307   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6308   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6309     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
6310 
6311     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6312       bool SizeIsNegative;
6313       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6314       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6315         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6316                                                       SizeIsNegative,
6317                                                       Oversized);
6318       if (FixedTInfo) {
6319         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6320         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6321       } else {
6322         if (SizeIsNegative)
6323           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6324         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
6325           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
6326         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6327           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
6328             << toString(Oversized, 10);
6329         else
6330           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6331         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
6332       }
6333     }
6334   }
6335 }
6336 
6337 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
6338 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
6339 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
6340 NamedDecl*
6341 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
6342                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
6343 
6344   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6345   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
6346 
6347   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
6348   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
6349   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
6350                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
6351   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
6352   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6353     Redeclaration = true;
6354     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
6355   } else {
6356     inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
6357   }
6358 
6359   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
6360     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6361 
6362   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6363   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
6364     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6365         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6366       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
6367         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
6368       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
6369         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6370       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
6371         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6372       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
6373         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
6374     }
6375 
6376   return NewTD;
6377 }
6378 
6379 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
6380 /// previous declaration.
6381 ///
6382 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
6383 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
6384 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
6385 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
6386 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
6387 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
6388 ///
6389 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
6390 /// lookup
6391 ///
6392 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
6393 /// declared.
6394 ///
6395 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
6396 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
6397 static bool
6398 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
6399                                 ASTContext &Context) {
6400   if (!PrevDecl)
6401     return false;
6402 
6403   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
6404     return false;
6405 
6406   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6407     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6408     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6409     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6410     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6411     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6412     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
6413     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6414     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6415       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6416       return false;
6417 
6418     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6419     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6420       // We found a member function: ignore it.
6421       return false;
6422 
6423     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6424     // previous declarations.
6425     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6426     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6427 
6428     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6429     // isn't the same function.
6430     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6431       return false;
6432   }
6433 
6434   return true;
6435 }
6436 
6437 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6438   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6439   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6440   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6441 }
6442 
6443 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
6444   QualType type = decl->getType();
6445   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
6446   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
6447     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
6448     unsigned kind = -1U;
6449     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6450       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6451         kind = 0; // __block
6452       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
6453         kind = 1; // global
6454     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
6455       kind = 3; // ivar
6456     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
6457       kind = 2; // field
6458     }
6459 
6460     if (kind != -1U) {
6461       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
6462         << kind;
6463     }
6464   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6465     // Try to infer lifetime.
6466     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
6467       return false;
6468 
6469     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6470     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
6471     decl->setType(type);
6472   }
6473 
6474   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6475     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
6476     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
6477         var->getTLSKind()) {
6478       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
6479         << var->getType();
6480       return true;
6481     }
6482   }
6483 
6484   return false;
6485 }
6486 
6487 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) {
6488   if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace())
6489     return;
6490   if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType())
6491     return;
6492   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
6493     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6494     if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType())
6495       return;
6496     LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private;
6497     // OpenCL C v3.0 s6.7.8 - For OpenCL C 2.0 or with the
6498     // __opencl_c_program_scope_global_variables feature, the address space
6499     // for a variable at program scope or a static or extern variable inside
6500     // a function are inferred to be __global.
6501     if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()) &&
6502         Var->hasGlobalStorage())
6503       ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global;
6504     // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array
6505     // type has no address space yet, deduce it now.
6506     if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) {
6507       auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType();
6508       if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) {
6509         // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate
6510         // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`.
6511         OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS);
6512         OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0);
6513         // Re-generate the decayed type.
6514         Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy);
6515       }
6516     }
6517     Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS);
6518     // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to
6519     // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of
6520     // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so
6521     // qualified, not the array type."
6522     if (Type->isArrayType())
6523       Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0);
6524     Decl->setType(Type);
6525   }
6526 }
6527 
6528 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6529   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6530   // the wrong linkage.
6531   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
6532 
6533   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6534   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6535     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6536       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6537       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6538     }
6539   }
6540   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6541     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6542       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6543       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
6544       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6545     }
6546   }
6547 
6548   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6549     if (VD->hasInit()) {
6550       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6551         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
6552                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
6553         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6554         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6555       }
6556     }
6557   }
6558 
6559   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6560   // It does not apply to functions.
6561   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6562     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6563       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6564              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6565       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6566     }
6567   }
6568 
6569   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6570     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6571     bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6572     bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6573     if (VD) {
6574       const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6575       while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6576         IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6577         NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6578       }
6579     }
6580     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6581     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6582     // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6583     // external linkage in order to be exported.
6584     bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6585     if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6586         (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6587          (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6588       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6589         << &ND << Attr;
6590       ND.setInvalidDecl();
6591     }
6592   }
6593 
6594   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6595   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6596     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6597     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6598     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6599     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6600     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6601          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6602          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6603       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6604       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6605       // by applying it to the function type.
6606       if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6607         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6608         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6609           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6610               << !MD << A->getRange();
6611         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6612           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6613               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6614         }
6615       }
6616     }
6617   }
6618 }
6619 
6620 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6621                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6622                                            bool IsSpecialization,
6623                                            bool IsDefinition) {
6624   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6625     return;
6626 
6627   bool IsTemplate = false;
6628   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6629     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6630     IsTemplate = true;
6631     if (!IsSpecialization)
6632       IsDefinition = false;
6633   }
6634   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6635     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6636     IsTemplate = true;
6637   }
6638 
6639   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6640     return;
6641 
6642   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6643   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6644   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6645   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6646 
6647   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6648   // inherited attribute instances.
6649   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6650                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6651 
6652   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6653   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6654   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6655   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6656   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6657 
6658   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6659     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6660     bool JustWarn = false;
6661     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6662       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6663       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6664         JustWarn = true;
6665       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6666       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6667         JustWarn = true;
6668     }
6669 
6670     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
6671     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
6672     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
6673     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6674       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6675         JustWarn = false;
6676 
6677     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6678                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6679     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6680         << NewDecl
6681         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6682     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6683     if (!JustWarn) {
6684       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6685       return;
6686     }
6687   }
6688 
6689   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6690   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6691   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6692   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6693   // it were marked dllexport.
6694   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6695   bool IsMicrosoftABI  = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols();
6696   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6697     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6698     // separately.
6699     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6700     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6701                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6702   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6703     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6704     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6705                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6706   }
6707 
6708   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6709       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6710       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6711     if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) {
6712       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6713              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6714           << NewDecl;
6715       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6716       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6717       NewDecl->addAttr(
6718           DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
6719     } else {
6720       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6721              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6722           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6723       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6724       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6725       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6726       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6727     }
6728   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) {
6729     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6730     // attribute.
6731     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6732     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6733     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6734            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6735         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6736   }
6737 
6738   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6739   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6740   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6741   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6742   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6743     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6744         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6745       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6746               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6747         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6748         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6749         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6750       }
6751     }
6752   }
6753 }
6754 
6755 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6756 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6757 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6758 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6759   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6760 
6761   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6762   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6763 
6764   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6765   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6766     return false;
6767 
6768   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6769   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6770 }
6771 
6772 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6773 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6774 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6775 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6776 ///
6777 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6778 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6779 ///
6780 /// For instance:
6781 ///
6782 ///   auto x = []{};
6783 ///
6784 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6785 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6786 ///
6787 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6788 template<typename T>
6789 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6790   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6791     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6792     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6793       return false;
6794 
6795     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6796     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6797                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6798       return false;
6799   }
6800   return D->isExternC();
6801 }
6802 
6803 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6804   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6805   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
6806       isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6807     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6808   if (DC->isFileContext())
6809     return true;
6810   if (DC->isRecord())
6811     return false;
6812   if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC))
6813     return false;
6814   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6815 }
6816 
6817 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6818   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6819   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6820       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6821     return true;
6822   if (DC->isRecord())
6823     return false;
6824   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6825 }
6826 
6827 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6828                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
6829   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6830   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
6831     return true;
6832 
6833   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6834   // position to the decl itself.
6835   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6836     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
6837       return true;
6838   }
6839 
6840   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6841   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
6842 }
6843 
6844 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6845 /// function-local external declaration.
6846 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6847   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6848     return false;
6849 
6850   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6851   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6852   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6853   if (DC->isDependentContext())
6854     return true;
6855 
6856   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6857   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6858   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6859   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
6860   //
6861   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6862   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6863   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6864     DC = DC->getParent();
6865   return true;
6866 }
6867 
6868 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6869 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6870   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6871     return FD->isExternC();
6872   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6873     return VD->isExternC();
6874 
6875   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6876 }
6877 
6878 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed.
6879 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Sema &Se, VarDecl *NewVD) {
6880   DeclContext *DC = NewVD->getDeclContext();
6881   QualType R = NewVD->getType();
6882 
6883   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6884   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6885   // argument.
6886   if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6887     Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
6888             diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6889         << R;
6890     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6891     return false;
6892   }
6893 
6894   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6895   // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6896   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6897   // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program
6898   // scope.
6899   if (NewVD->hasGlobalStorage() && !NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6900     if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6901       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(),
6902               diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var)
6903           << R;
6904       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6905       return false;
6906     }
6907   }
6908 
6909   // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6910   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers",
6911                                                Se.getLangOpts())) {
6912     QualType NR = R.getCanonicalType();
6913     while (NR->isPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
6914            NR->isReferenceType()) {
6915       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
6916           NR->isFunctionReferenceType()) {
6917         Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer)
6918             << NR->isReferenceType();
6919         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6920         return false;
6921       }
6922       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6923     }
6924   }
6925 
6926   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16",
6927                                                Se.getLangOpts())) {
6928     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6929     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6930     if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6931       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6932       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6933       return false;
6934     }
6935   }
6936 
6937   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6938   // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6939   // address space qualifiers.
6940   if (R->isEventT()) {
6941     if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6942       Se.Diag(NewVD->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6943       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6944       return false;
6945     }
6946   }
6947 
6948   if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6949     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6950     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6951     // space qualifiers.
6952     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6953         R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6954       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6955       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6956     }
6957 
6958     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6959     // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6960     // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6961     if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6962         !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6963           R.isConstQualified())) {
6964       Se.Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6965       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6966     }
6967     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6968       return false;
6969   }
6970 
6971   return true;
6972 }
6973 
6974 template <typename AttrTy>
6975 static void copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl(Sema &S, Decl *D, const TypedefType *TT) {
6976   const TypedefNameDecl *TND = TT->getDecl();
6977   if (const auto *Attribute = TND->getAttr<AttrTy>()) {
6978     AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context);
6979     Clone->setInherited(true);
6980     D->addAttr(Clone);
6981   }
6982 }
6983 
6984 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6985     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6986     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6987     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6988   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6989   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6990 
6991   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6992 
6993   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6994     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6995     // purposes.
6996     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6997     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6998       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6999       Name = II;
7000     }
7001   } else if (!II) {
7002     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
7003     return nullptr;
7004   }
7005 
7006 
7007   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
7008   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
7009 
7010   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
7011   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
7012   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
7013       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
7014       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
7015     SC = SC_Extern;
7016 
7017   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7018   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
7019                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7020 
7021   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
7022     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
7023     // an error here
7024     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
7025     D.setInvalidType();
7026     SC = SC_None;
7027   }
7028 
7029   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
7030       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
7031                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
7032     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
7033     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
7034     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
7035     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7036          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
7037                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
7038       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7039   }
7040 
7041   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
7042 
7043   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
7044     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
7045     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
7046     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
7047     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
7048       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
7049       D.setInvalidType();
7050     }
7051   }
7052 
7053   // If this variable has a VLA type and an initializer, try to
7054   // fold to a constant-sized type. This is otherwise invalid.
7055   if (D.hasInitializer() && R->isVariableArrayType())
7056     tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, R, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7057                                     /*DiagID=*/0);
7058 
7059   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
7060   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
7061   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
7062   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
7063   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
7064   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
7065   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
7066   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7067     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7068                             II, R, TInfo, SC);
7069 
7070     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7071       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7072 
7073     if (D.isInvalidType())
7074       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7075 
7076     if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
7077         NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7078       checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
7079                             NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
7080   } else {
7081     bool Invalid = false;
7082 
7083     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7084       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
7085       switch (SC) {
7086       case SC_None:
7087         break;
7088       case SC_Static:
7089         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7090              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7091           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7092         break;
7093       case SC_Auto:
7094       case SC_Register:
7095       case SC_Extern:
7096         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
7097         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
7098         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
7099         // of class members
7100 
7101         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7102              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
7103           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7104         break;
7105       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7106         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
7107       }
7108     }
7109 
7110     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
7111       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
7112         // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are
7113         // incompatible with static data members.
7114         const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr;
7115         const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr;
7116         for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) {
7117           if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7118             FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt;
7119             break;
7120           }
7121           const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt);
7122           if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) {
7123             AnonStruct = ParentDecl;
7124             break;
7125           }
7126         }
7127         if (FunctionOrMethod) {
7128           // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data
7129           // members.
7130           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7131                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
7132             << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind();
7133         } else if (AnonStruct) {
7134           // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained
7135           // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain
7136           // static data members.
7137           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7138                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
7139             << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind();
7140           Invalid = true;
7141         } else if (RD->isUnion()) {
7142           // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
7143           // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
7144           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7145                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
7146                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
7147                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
7148         }
7149       }
7150     }
7151 
7152     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7153     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7154     bool InvalidScope = false;
7155     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7156         D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7157         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7158         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
7159             ? D.getName().TemplateId
7160             : nullptr,
7161         TemplateParamLists,
7162         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope);
7163     Invalid |= InvalidScope;
7164 
7165     if (TemplateParams) {
7166       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
7167           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7168         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
7169         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
7170         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7171              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
7172           << II
7173           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7174                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
7175         TemplateParams = nullptr;
7176       } else {
7177         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7178         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7179           return nullptr;
7180 
7181         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7182           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
7183           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
7184           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
7185         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
7186           // This is a template declaration.
7187           IsVariableTemplate = true;
7188 
7189           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
7190           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7191                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
7192                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
7193                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
7194         }
7195       }
7196     } else {
7197       // Check that we can declare a member specialization here.
7198       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization &&
7199           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
7200         return nullptr;
7201       assert((Invalid ||
7202               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&
7203              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7204     }
7205 
7206     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7207       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
7208           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
7209               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
7210               : SourceLocation();
7211       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7212           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
7213           IsPartialSpecialization);
7214       if (Res.isInvalid())
7215         return nullptr;
7216       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
7217       AddToScope = false;
7218     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7219       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7220                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
7221                                         Bindings);
7222     } else
7223       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7224                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
7225 
7226     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
7227     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
7228       NewTemplate =
7229           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
7230                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
7231       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
7232     }
7233 
7234     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
7235     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
7236     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7237       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7238 
7239     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
7240       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7241       if (NewTemplate)
7242         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7243     }
7244 
7245     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
7246 
7247     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
7248     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
7249     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
7250     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
7251       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
7252           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
7253   }
7254 
7255   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
7256     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7257       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
7258           << 0;
7259     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7260       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
7261       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7262            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7263         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7264     } else {
7265       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7266            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
7267                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
7268       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
7269     }
7270   }
7271 
7272   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
7273   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7274   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7275   if (NewTemplate)
7276     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7277 
7278   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
7279     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
7280       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7281         B->setLocalExternDecl();
7282     else
7283       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
7284   }
7285 
7286   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
7287   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
7288     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
7289     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
7290     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
7291     //   explicitly.
7292     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
7293     //   'extern'.
7294     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7295         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
7296          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
7297          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
7298       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7299            diag::err_thread_non_global)
7300         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7301     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
7302       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7303           getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7304         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
7305         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
7306         // error should be ignored.
7307         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
7308         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
7309         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
7310         // to emit any code for it.
7311         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7312       } else
7313         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7314              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7315     } else
7316       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7317   }
7318 
7319   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
7320   case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified:
7321     break;
7322 
7323   case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval:
7324     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7325          diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
7326         << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
7327     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
7328 
7329   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr:
7330     NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
7331     // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
7332     //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
7333     //   implicitly an inline variable.
7334     if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
7335         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
7336          Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
7337       NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
7338     break;
7339 
7340   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit:
7341     if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
7342       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7343            diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
7344     else
7345       NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create(
7346           Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7347           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
7348     break;
7349   }
7350 
7351   // C99 6.7.4p3
7352   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
7353   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
7354   //   thread storage duration...
7355   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
7356   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
7357   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
7358   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
7359   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
7360   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7361       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
7362     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7363     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
7364       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7365            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
7366       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
7367     }
7368   }
7369 
7370   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7371     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7372       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7373           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
7374           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7375                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7376     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
7377       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7378         << 2
7379         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7380     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7381       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7382           << 0 << NewVD
7383           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7384           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7385                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7386     else {
7387       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
7388       if (NewTemplate)
7389         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7390       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7391         B->setModulePrivate();
7392     }
7393   }
7394 
7395   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7396     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD);
7397 
7398     DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
7399     if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
7400       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7401            diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
7402           << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionString()
7403           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
7404       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7405     }
7406   }
7407 
7408   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
7409   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
7410 
7411   // FIXME: This is probably the wrong location to be doing this and we should
7412   // probably be doing this for more attributes (especially for function
7413   // pointer attributes such as format, warn_unused_result, etc.). Ideally
7414   // the code to copy attributes would be generated by TableGen.
7415   if (R->isFunctionPointerType())
7416     if (const auto *TT = R->getAs<TypedefType>())
7417       copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl<AllocSizeAttr>(*this, NewVD, TT);
7418 
7419   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7420       getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7421     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7422         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
7423          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
7424           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
7425       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7426            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7427 
7428     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7429         (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)))
7430       targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7431     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
7432     // storage [duration]."
7433     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7434         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
7435          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
7436       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
7437     }
7438   }
7439 
7440   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
7441   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
7442   // check the VarDecl itself.
7443   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
7444          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
7445          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
7446 
7447   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
7448   // retainable type.
7449   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
7450     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7451 
7452   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7453   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
7454     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7455     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7456     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
7457     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
7458       switch (SC) {
7459       case SC_None:
7460       case SC_Auto:
7461         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
7462         break;
7463       case SC_Register:
7464         // Local Named register
7465         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
7466             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
7467           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7468         break;
7469       case SC_Static:
7470       case SC_Extern:
7471       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7472         break;
7473       }
7474     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
7475       // Global Named register
7476       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
7477         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
7478         bool HasSizeMismatch;
7479 
7480         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
7481           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7482         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
7483                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
7484                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
7485           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
7486         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
7487           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
7488       }
7489 
7490       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
7491         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
7492         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7493       }
7494     }
7495 
7496     NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label,
7497                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
7498                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
7499   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7500     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7501       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
7502     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7503       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
7504         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
7505         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7506       } else
7507         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7508             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
7509     }
7510   }
7511 
7512   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
7513   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
7514                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
7515                                 : nullptr;
7516 
7517   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7518   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7519   // declaration has linkage).
7520   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7521                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7522                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
7523                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7524 
7525   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7526   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7527   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7528       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7529     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7530         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7531         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7532 
7533   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7534     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7535   } else {
7536     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7537     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7538         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7539       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7540 
7541     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7542     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7543       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7544           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7545           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7546         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7547         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7548         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7549           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7550         Previous.clear();
7551         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7552       }
7553     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7554       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7555       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7556         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7557         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7558       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7559     }
7560 
7561     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7562       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7563 
7564     if (NewTemplate) {
7565       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
7566           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
7567               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
7568               : nullptr;
7569 
7570       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
7571       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
7572       // template declaration.
7573       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
7574               TemplateParams,
7575               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7576                               : nullptr,
7577               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7578                DC->isDependentContext())
7579                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7580                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
7581         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7582 
7583       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
7584       // template, make a note of that.
7585       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
7586           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
7587         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
7588     }
7589   }
7590 
7591   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
7592   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
7593     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
7594 
7595   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
7596 
7597   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7598   // the map of such variables.
7599   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7600       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
7601     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
7602 
7603   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7604     MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
7605     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
7606     std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
7607         getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
7608     if (MCtx) {
7609       Context.setManglingNumber(
7610           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
7611                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
7612       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
7613     }
7614   }
7615 
7616   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
7617   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
7618       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7619       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
7620 
7621     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
7622     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
7623     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7624       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
7625 
7626     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
7627     // behavior.
7628     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
7629       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
7630   }
7631 
7632   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7633     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7634     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
7635                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
7636   }
7637 
7638   if (NewTemplate) {
7639     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7640       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7641     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
7642     return NewTemplate;
7643   }
7644 
7645   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7646     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
7647 
7648   return NewVD;
7649 }
7650 
7651 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
7652 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
7653   SDK_Local,
7654   SDK_Global,
7655   SDK_StaticMember,
7656   SDK_Field,
7657   SDK_Typedef,
7658   SDK_Using,
7659   SDK_StructuredBinding
7660 };
7661 
7662 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
7663 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7664                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
7665   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7666     return SDK_Using;
7667   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7668     return SDK_Typedef;
7669   else if (isa<BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7670     return SDK_StructuredBinding;
7671   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
7672     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
7673 
7674   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
7675 }
7676 
7677 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
7678 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
7679 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
7680                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
7681   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
7682     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
7683       return Capture.getLocation();
7684   }
7685   return SourceLocation();
7686 }
7687 
7688 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
7689                                      const LookupResult &R) {
7690   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
7691   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
7692     return false;
7693 
7694   // Return false if warning is ignored.
7695   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
7696 }
7697 
7698 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7699 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7700 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
7701                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7702   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7703     return nullptr;
7704 
7705   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
7706   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
7707     return nullptr;
7708 
7709   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7710   return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
7711                                                             : nullptr;
7712 }
7713 
7714 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
7715 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7716 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
7717                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7718   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
7719   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7720     return nullptr;
7721 
7722   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7723     return nullptr;
7724 
7725   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7726   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
7727 }
7728 
7729 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7730 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7731 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D,
7732                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7733   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7734     return nullptr;
7735 
7736   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7737   return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
7738                                                             : nullptr;
7739 }
7740 
7741 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
7742 /// -Wshadow.
7743 ///
7744 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
7745 /// scope.
7746 ///
7747 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
7748 /// \param R the lookup of the name
7749 ///
7750 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7751                        const LookupResult &R) {
7752   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
7753 
7754   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
7755     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
7756     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
7757       if (MD->isStatic())
7758         return;
7759 
7760     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
7761     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
7762     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
7763       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7764         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
7765         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
7766         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
7767         return;
7768       }
7769   }
7770 
7771   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7772     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
7773       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
7774       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
7775       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
7776         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
7777           ShadowedDecl = I;
7778           break;
7779         }
7780     }
7781 
7782   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7783 
7784   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
7785   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
7786   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
7787       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
7788     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
7789       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
7790         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
7791           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
7792           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
7793           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
7794           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
7795           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7796             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
7797         } else {
7798           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
7799           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
7800           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
7801               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7802                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7803           return;
7804         }
7805       }
7806 
7807       if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7808         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7809         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7810         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7811              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7812              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7813           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7814           // can capture; other scopes don't.
7815           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7816               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7817             return;
7818           }
7819         }
7820       }
7821     }
7822   }
7823 
7824   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7825   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7826     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7827     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7828       return;
7829 
7830     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7831     // static data members from base classes?
7832 
7833     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7834     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7835     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7836   }
7837 
7838 
7839   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7840 
7841   // Emit warning and note.
7842   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7843   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7844   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7845     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7846         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7847   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7848 }
7849 
7850 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7851 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7852 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7853   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7854     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7855     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7856     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7857     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7858     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7859                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7860                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7861         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7862         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7863     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7864       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7865           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7866     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7867   }
7868 }
7869 
7870 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7871 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7872   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7873     return;
7874 
7875   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7876                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7877   LookupName(R, S);
7878   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7879     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7880 }
7881 
7882 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7883 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7884 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7885   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7886   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7887     return;
7888   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7889   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7890   if (!DRE)
7891     return;
7892   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7893   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7894   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7895     return;
7896   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7897   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7898   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7899   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7900   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7901 
7902   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7903   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7904 }
7905 
7906 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7907 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7908 template<typename T>
7909 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7910     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7911   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7912   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7913 
7914   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7915     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7916     // declaration.
7917     return false;
7918   }
7919 
7920   if (Prev) {
7921     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7922       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7923       // redeclaration.
7924       Previous.clear();
7925       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7926       return true;
7927     }
7928 
7929     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7930     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7931     // declaration.
7932     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7933       return false;
7934   } else {
7935     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7936     // translation unit which might conflict.
7937     if (IsGlobal) {
7938       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7939       IsGlobal = false;
7940       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7941            I != E; ++I) {
7942         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7943           Prev = *I;
7944           break;
7945         }
7946       }
7947     } else {
7948       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7949           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7950       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7951            I != E; ++I) {
7952         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7953           Prev = *I;
7954           break;
7955         }
7956         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7957         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7958         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7959         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7960         // diagnostic.
7961       }
7962     }
7963 
7964     if (!Prev)
7965       return false;
7966   }
7967 
7968   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7969   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7970   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7971   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7972     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7973   else
7974     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7975 
7976   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7977     << IsGlobal << ND;
7978   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7979     << IsGlobal;
7980   return false;
7981 }
7982 
7983 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7984 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7985 ///
7986 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7987 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7988 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7989 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7990 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
7991 template<typename T>
7992 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7993                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
7994   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7995     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7996     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7997     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7998     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7999       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
8000         Previous.clear();
8001         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
8002         return true;
8003       }
8004     }
8005     return false;
8006   }
8007 
8008   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
8009   // declaration.
8010   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
8011     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
8012 
8013   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
8014   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
8015   // in another scope.
8016   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
8017     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
8018 
8019   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
8020   return false;
8021 }
8022 
8023 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
8024   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8025   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8026     return;
8027 
8028   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
8029 
8030   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
8031   if (T->isUndeducedType())
8032     return;
8033 
8034   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
8035     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
8036 
8037   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
8038     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
8039       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
8040     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
8041     NewVD->setType(T);
8042   }
8043 
8044   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
8045   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
8046   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
8047   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
8048   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
8049       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
8050     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
8051     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8052     return;
8053   }
8054 
8055   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
8056   // scope.
8057   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
8058       !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers",
8059                                             getLangOpts()) &&
8060       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
8061     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
8062     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8063     return;
8064   }
8065 
8066   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8067     if (!diagnoseOpenCLTypes(*this, NewVD))
8068       return;
8069 
8070     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
8071     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8072       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
8073       return;
8074     }
8075 
8076     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
8077       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
8078       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
8079       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
8080         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
8081             << 0 /*const*/;
8082         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8083         return;
8084       }
8085       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
8086         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
8087         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8088         return;
8089       }
8090     }
8091 
8092     // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
8093     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
8094         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
8095       if (!T->isSamplerT() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8096           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
8097             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
8098              getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(
8099                  getLangOpts())))) {
8100         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
8101         if (getOpenCLOptions().areProgramScopeVariablesSupported(getLangOpts()))
8102           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
8103               << Scope << "global or constant";
8104         else
8105           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
8106               << Scope << "constant";
8107         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8108         return;
8109       }
8110     } else {
8111       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
8112         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8113             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
8114         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8115         return;
8116       }
8117       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
8118           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
8119         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
8120         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
8121         // in functions.
8122         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8123           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
8124             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8125                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
8126           else
8127             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
8128                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
8129           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8130           return;
8131         }
8132         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
8133         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
8134         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8135           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
8136             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
8137               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
8138                   << "constant";
8139             else
8140               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
8141                   << "local";
8142             NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8143             return;
8144           }
8145         }
8146       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
8147                  // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
8148                  // space yet.
8149                  T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
8150         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
8151         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
8152         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8153         return;
8154       }
8155     }
8156   }
8157 
8158   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
8159       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8160     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
8161       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
8162     else {
8163       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
8164       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
8165     }
8166   }
8167 
8168   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
8169   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
8170       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8171     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
8172 
8173   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
8174       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
8175     bool SizeIsNegative;
8176     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8177     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
8178         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
8179     QualType FixedT;
8180     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
8181       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
8182     else if (FixedTInfo) {
8183       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
8184       // both types separately.
8185       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
8186                                                    Oversized);
8187     }
8188     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
8189       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
8190       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
8191       // int a[10][n];
8192       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
8193 
8194       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8195         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
8196         << SizeRange;
8197       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
8198         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
8199         << SizeRange;
8200       else
8201         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
8202         << SizeRange;
8203       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8204       return;
8205     }
8206 
8207     if (!FixedTInfo) {
8208       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8209         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
8210       else
8211         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
8212       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8213       return;
8214     }
8215 
8216     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
8217     NewVD->setType(FixedT);
8218     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
8219   }
8220 
8221   if (T->isVoidType()) {
8222     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
8223     //                    of objects and functions.
8224     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8225       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
8226         << T;
8227       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8228       return;
8229     }
8230   }
8231 
8232   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8233     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8234     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8235     return;
8236   }
8237 
8238   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) {
8239     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T;
8240     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8241     return;
8242   }
8243 
8244   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8245     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
8246     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8247     return;
8248   }
8249 
8250   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8251       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
8252                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
8253     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8254     return;
8255   }
8256 
8257   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types.
8258   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
8259       !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8260       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) {
8261     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8262     return;
8263   }
8264 }
8265 
8266 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
8267 /// declaration.
8268 ///
8269 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
8270 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
8271 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
8272 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
8273 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
8274 ///
8275 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
8276 ///
8277 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
8278 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
8279   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
8280 
8281   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8282   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8283     return false;
8284 
8285   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
8286   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
8287   if (Previous.empty() &&
8288       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
8289     Previous.setShadowed();
8290 
8291   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8292     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
8293     return true;
8294   }
8295   return false;
8296 }
8297 
8298 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
8299 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
8300 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
8301   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden;
8302 
8303   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
8304   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
8305                      /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
8306   auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
8307     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8308     DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName();
8309 
8310     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8311       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
8312       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
8313       CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8314       Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
8315     }
8316 
8317     for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) {
8318       CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD =
8319           dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl());
8320       if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() ||
8321           IsOverload(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false,
8322                      /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true,
8323                      // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires
8324                      // clauses when overriding.
8325                      /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false))
8326         continue;
8327 
8328       if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) {
8329         MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD);
8330         CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD);
8331         CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD);
8332         CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD);
8333         CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD);
8334       }
8335 
8336       // A method can only override one function from each base class. We
8337       // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases.
8338       return true;
8339     }
8340 
8341     return false;
8342   };
8343 
8344   DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths);
8345   return !Overridden.empty();
8346 }
8347 
8348 namespace {
8349   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
8350   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
8351   struct ActOnFDArgs {
8352     Scope *S;
8353     Declarator &D;
8354     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
8355     bool AddToScope;
8356   };
8357 } // end anonymous namespace
8358 
8359 namespace {
8360 
8361 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
8362 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
8363 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
8364  public:
8365   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
8366                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
8367       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
8368         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
8369 
8370   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
8371     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
8372       return false;
8373 
8374     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8375     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
8376                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
8377          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8378       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8379 
8380       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8381           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8382         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8383           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
8384           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
8385             return true;
8386         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
8387           return true;
8388         }
8389       }
8390     }
8391 
8392     return false;
8393   }
8394 
8395   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
8396     return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
8397   }
8398 
8399  private:
8400   ASTContext &Context;
8401   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
8402   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
8403 };
8404 
8405 } // end anonymous namespace
8406 
8407 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
8408   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
8409 }
8410 
8411 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
8412 ///
8413 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
8414 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
8415 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
8416 /// the same name.
8417 ///
8418 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
8419 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
8420 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8421     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8422     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
8423   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
8424   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
8425   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8426   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
8427   TypoCorrection Correction;
8428   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
8429   unsigned DiagMsg =
8430     IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
8431     NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
8432     diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
8433   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
8434                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
8435                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8436                     Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8437 
8438   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8439   if (IsLocalFriend)
8440     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
8441   else
8442     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
8443   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
8444          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
8445   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8446   DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
8447                                 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
8448   if (!Prev.empty()) {
8449     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
8450          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
8451       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
8452       if (FD &&
8453           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8454         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
8455         // involve a parameter
8456         unsigned ParamNum =
8457             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
8458         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
8459       }
8460     }
8461   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
8462   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
8463                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
8464                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
8465                   IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
8466     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
8467     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
8468                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8469     Previous.clear();
8470     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
8471     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
8472                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
8473          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8474       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8475       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8476           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8477         Previous.addDecl(FD);
8478       }
8479     }
8480     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
8481 
8482     NamedDecl *Result;
8483     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
8484     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
8485     {
8486       // Trap errors.
8487       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
8488 
8489       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
8490       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
8491       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
8492       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
8493           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
8494           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
8495           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
8496           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
8497 
8498       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
8499         Result = nullptr;
8500     }
8501 
8502     if (Result) {
8503       // Determine which correction we picked.
8504       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
8505       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8506            I != E; ++I)
8507         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
8508           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
8509 
8510       // Let Sema know about the correction.
8511       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
8512       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
8513           Correction,
8514           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
8515                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
8516                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
8517             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
8518       return Result;
8519     }
8520 
8521     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
8522     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
8523                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8524     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
8525     Previous.clear();
8526     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
8527   }
8528 
8529   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
8530       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
8531 
8532   bool NewFDisConst = false;
8533   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8534     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
8535 
8536   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
8537        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
8538        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
8539     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
8540     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
8541     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
8542     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
8543 
8544     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
8545     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
8546       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
8547       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
8548       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
8549       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
8550                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
8551         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
8552         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
8553     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
8554       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
8555           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd()
8556           << (NewFDisConst
8557                   ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ExtraArgs.D.getFunctionTypeInfo()
8558                                                  .getConstQualifierLoc())
8559                   : FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExtraArgs.D.getFunctionTypeInfo()
8560                                                    .getRParenLoc()
8561                                                    .getLocWithOffset(1),
8562                                                " const"));
8563     } else
8564       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8565                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
8566                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
8567   }
8568   return nullptr;
8569 }
8570 
8571 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
8572   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
8573   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
8574   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
8575   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
8576   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
8577     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8578                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
8579     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8580     D.setInvalidType();
8581     break;
8582   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
8583   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
8584     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
8585       return SC_None;
8586     return SC_Extern;
8587   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
8588     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8589       // C99 6.7.1p5:
8590       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
8591       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
8592       //   other than extern
8593       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
8594       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8595                    diag::err_static_block_func);
8596       break;
8597     } else
8598       return SC_Static;
8599   }
8600   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
8601   }
8602 
8603   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
8604   return SC_None;
8605 }
8606 
8607 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
8608                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
8609                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8610                                            StorageClass SC,
8611                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
8612   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8613   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8614 
8615   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
8616   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8617 
8618   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8619     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8620     // prototype. This true when:
8621     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
8622     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
8623     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
8624     //     function type).
8625     bool HasPrototype =
8626       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
8627       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
8628 
8629     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(
8630         SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC,
8631         SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline, HasPrototype,
8632         ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified,
8633         /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr);
8634     if (D.isInvalidType())
8635       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8636 
8637     return NewFD;
8638   }
8639 
8640   ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
8641 
8642   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
8643   if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) {
8644     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8645                  diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
8646         << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
8647     ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
8648     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
8649   }
8650   Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause();
8651 
8652   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
8653   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8654   // the class has been completely parsed.
8655   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
8656       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
8657           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
8658           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
8659     D.setInvalidType();
8660 
8661   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
8662     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
8663     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
8664            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
8665 
8666     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8667     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
8668         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8669         TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(),
8670         isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
8671         InheritedConstructor(), TrailingRequiresClause);
8672 
8673   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8674     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
8675     if (DC->isRecord()) {
8676       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8677       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
8678       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
8679           SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8680           SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
8681           /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
8682           TrailingRequiresClause);
8683 
8684       // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
8685       // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
8686       // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
8687       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8688         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
8689 
8690       IsVirtualOkay = true;
8691       return NewDD;
8692 
8693     } else {
8694       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
8695       D.setInvalidType();
8696 
8697       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
8698       // code path.
8699       return FunctionDecl::Create(
8700           SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R,
8701           TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
8702           /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
8703     }
8704 
8705   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
8706     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
8707       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8708            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
8709       return nullptr;
8710     }
8711 
8712     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8713     if (D.isInvalidType())
8714       return nullptr;
8715 
8716     IsVirtualOkay = true;
8717     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
8718         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8719         TInfo, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
8720         ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8721         TrailingRequiresClause);
8722 
8723   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
8724     if (TrailingRequiresClause)
8725       SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(),
8726                    diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide)
8727           << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange();
8728     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8729 
8730     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8731                                          ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8732                                          D.getEndLoc());
8733   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
8734     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
8735     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
8736     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
8737     // constructor if it has no return type).
8738     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
8739         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
8740       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
8741         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
8742         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8743       return nullptr;
8744     }
8745 
8746     // This is a C++ method declaration.
8747     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
8748         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8749         TInfo, SC, SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
8750         ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), TrailingRequiresClause);
8751     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
8752     return Ret;
8753   } else {
8754     bool isFriend =
8755         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8756     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
8757       return nullptr;
8758 
8759     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8760     // prototype. This true when:
8761     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
8762     return FunctionDecl::Create(
8763         SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC,
8764         SemaRef.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), isInline,
8765         true /*HasPrototype*/, ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
8766   }
8767 }
8768 
8769 enum OpenCLParamType {
8770   ValidKernelParam,
8771   PtrPtrKernelParam,
8772   PtrKernelParam,
8773   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
8774   InvalidKernelParam,
8775   RecordKernelParam
8776 };
8777 
8778 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
8779   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
8780   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
8781   // integers other than by their names.
8782   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
8783 
8784   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
8785   // for a size dependent type.
8786   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
8787   do {
8788     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
8789     auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString());
8790     if (Names.end() != Match)
8791       return true;
8792 
8793     Ty = DesugaredTy;
8794     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
8795   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
8796 
8797   return false;
8798 }
8799 
8800 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
8801   if (PT->isDependentType())
8802     return InvalidKernelParam;
8803 
8804   if (PT->isPointerType() || PT->isReferenceType()) {
8805     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
8806     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
8807         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
8808         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
8809       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
8810 
8811     if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) {
8812       // This is a pointer to pointer parameter.
8813       // Recursively check inner type.
8814       OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType);
8815       if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam ||
8816           ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam)
8817         return ParamKind;
8818 
8819       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
8820     }
8821 
8822     // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4:
8823     // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be:
8824     // Standard layout types for pointer parameters. The same applies to
8825     // reference if an implementation supports them in kernel parameters.
8826     if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus &&
8827         !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
8828             "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) &&
8829         !PointeeType->isAtomicType() && !PointeeType->isVoidType() &&
8830         !PointeeType->isStandardLayoutType())
8831       return InvalidKernelParam;
8832 
8833     return PtrKernelParam;
8834   }
8835 
8836   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8837   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8838   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8839   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
8840   // of these built-in scalar types.
8841   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
8842     return InvalidKernelParam;
8843 
8844   if (PT->isImageType())
8845     return PtrKernelParam;
8846 
8847   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
8848     return InvalidKernelParam;
8849 
8850   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
8851   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
8852   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
8853   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", S.getLangOpts()) &&
8854       PT->isHalfType())
8855     return InvalidKernelParam;
8856 
8857   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
8858   if (PT->isArrayType()) {
8859     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8860     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
8861     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
8862     // array, this recursive call only happens once.
8863     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
8864   }
8865 
8866   // C++ for OpenCL v1.0 s2.4:
8867   // Moreover the types used in parameters of the kernel functions must be:
8868   // Trivial and standard-layout types C++17 [basic.types] (plain old data
8869   // types) for parameters passed by value;
8870   if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus &&
8871       !S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
8872           "__cl_clang_non_portable_kernel_param_types", S.getLangOpts()) &&
8873       !PT->isOpenCLSpecificType() && !PT.isPODType(S.Context))
8874     return InvalidKernelParam;
8875 
8876   if (PT->isRecordType())
8877     return RecordKernelParam;
8878 
8879   return ValidKernelParam;
8880 }
8881 
8882 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8883   Sema &S,
8884   Declarator &D,
8885   ParmVarDecl *Param,
8886   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8887   QualType PT = Param->getType();
8888 
8889   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8890   // used again
8891   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8892     return;
8893 
8894   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8895   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8896     // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a:
8897     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer
8898     // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below.
8899     if (S.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() <= 120) {
8900       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8901       D.setInvalidType();
8902       return;
8903     }
8904 
8905     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8906     return;
8907 
8908   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8909     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8910     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8911     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8912     // __constant.
8913     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8914     D.setInvalidType();
8915     return;
8916 
8917     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8918     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8919     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8920     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8921     // one of these built-in scalar types.
8922 
8923   case InvalidKernelParam:
8924     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8925     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8926     // of event_t type.
8927     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8928     // type for any function elsewhere.
8929     if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
8930       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8931 
8932       // Explain what typedefs are involved.
8933       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
8934       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
8935         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
8936         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
8937         if (Loc.isValid())
8938           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
8939         PT = Typedef->desugar();
8940       }
8941     }
8942 
8943     D.setInvalidType();
8944     return;
8945 
8946   case PtrKernelParam:
8947   case ValidKernelParam:
8948     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8949     return;
8950 
8951   case RecordKernelParam:
8952     break;
8953   }
8954 
8955   // Track nested structs we will inspect
8956   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8957 
8958   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8959   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8960   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8961   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8962 
8963   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
8964   // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
8965   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.");
8966   const RecordType *RecTy =
8967       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8968   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
8969 
8970   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
8971   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8972 
8973   do {
8974     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8975     if (!Next) {
8976       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8977       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8978       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8979         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8980 
8981       continue;
8982     }
8983 
8984     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8985     // field itself) to the history stack.
8986     const RecordDecl *RD;
8987     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8988       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8989 
8990       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
8991       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
8992       // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
8993       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&
8994              "Unexpected type.");
8995       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8996 
8997       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8998     } else {
8999       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
9000     }
9001 
9002     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
9003     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
9004 
9005     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
9006       QualType QT = FD->getType();
9007 
9008       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
9009         continue;
9010 
9011       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
9012       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
9013         continue;
9014 
9015       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
9016         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
9017         continue;
9018       }
9019 
9020       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
9021       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
9022       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
9023       // union.
9024       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
9025           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
9026         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
9027                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
9028           << PT->isUnionType()
9029           << PT;
9030       } else {
9031         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
9032       }
9033 
9034       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
9035           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
9036 
9037       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
9038       // the offending field came from
9039       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
9040                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
9041                E = HistoryStack.end();
9042            I != E; ++I) {
9043         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
9044         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
9045           << OuterField->getType();
9046       }
9047 
9048       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
9049         << QT->isPointerType()
9050         << QT;
9051       D.setInvalidType();
9052       return;
9053     }
9054   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
9055 }
9056 
9057 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
9058 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
9059 /// nothing.
9060 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9061   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9062     DC = DC->getParent();
9063   return DC;
9064 }
9065 
9066 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
9067 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
9068 /// nothing.
9069 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
9070   while (S->isClassScope() ||
9071          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
9072           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
9073          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
9074          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
9075     S = S->getParent();
9076   return S;
9077 }
9078 
9079 NamedDecl*
9080 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
9081                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
9082                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef,
9083                               bool &AddToScope) {
9084   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
9085 
9086   assert(R->isFunctionType());
9087   if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr())
9088     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call);
9089 
9090   SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists;
9091   for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef)
9092     TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL);
9093   if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) {
9094     if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() &&
9095         Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth())
9096       TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented;
9097     else
9098       TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented);
9099   }
9100 
9101   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
9102   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
9103   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
9104   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
9105 
9106   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9107     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9108          diag::err_invalid_thread)
9109       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9110 
9111   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
9112     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
9113                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
9114 
9115   bool isFriend = false;
9116   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
9117   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
9118   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
9119 
9120   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
9121   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9122   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
9123 
9124   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
9125 
9126   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
9127   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
9128 
9129   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
9130                                               isVirtualOkay);
9131   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
9132 
9133   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
9134     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
9135 
9136   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
9137   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
9138   // context will be different from the semantic context.
9139   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9140 
9141   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
9142     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
9143 
9144   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9145     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
9146     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
9147     bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
9148     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
9149     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9150       // C++ [class.friend]p5
9151       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
9152       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
9153       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9154     }
9155 
9156     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
9157     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
9158     // return true).
9159     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
9160           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
9161       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
9162         NewFD->setPure(true);
9163 
9164       // C++ [class.union]p2
9165       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
9166       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) {
9167         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
9168         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9169       }
9170     }
9171 
9172     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
9173     isMemberSpecialization = false;
9174     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
9175     if (D.isInvalidType())
9176       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9177 
9178     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
9179     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
9180     bool Invalid = false;
9181     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
9182         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
9183             D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9184             D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
9185             D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
9186                 ? D.getName().TemplateId
9187                 : nullptr,
9188             TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
9189             Invalid);
9190     if (TemplateParams) {
9191       // Check that we can declare a template here.
9192       if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
9193         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9194 
9195       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
9196         // This is a function template
9197 
9198         // A destructor cannot be a template.
9199         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
9200           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
9201           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9202         }
9203 
9204         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
9205         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
9206         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
9207         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
9208           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
9209           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
9210             Invalid = true;
9211         }
9212 
9213         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
9214                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
9215                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
9216                                                         NewFD);
9217         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9218         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
9219 
9220         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
9221         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
9222           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9223               ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists)
9224                   .drop_back(1));
9225         }
9226       } else {
9227         // This is a function template specialization.
9228         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9229         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9230         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9231           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9232 
9233         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
9234         if (isFriend) {
9235           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
9236           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
9237 
9238           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
9239           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
9240           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
9241           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
9242           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
9243           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
9244           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9245             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
9246             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
9247           }
9248 
9249           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
9250             << Name << RemoveRange
9251             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
9252             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
9253           Invalid = true;
9254         }
9255       }
9256     } else {
9257       // Check that we can declare a template here.
9258       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
9259           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
9260         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9261 
9262       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
9263       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
9264       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9265         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9266         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9267     }
9268 
9269     if (Invalid) {
9270       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9271       if (FunctionTemplate)
9272         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9273     }
9274 
9275     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
9276     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
9277     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
9278     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
9279     //
9280     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9281       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
9282         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9283              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
9284       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9285         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
9286         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9287              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
9288           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9289       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9290         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
9291         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
9292         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9293              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
9294           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9295       } else {
9296         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
9297         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
9298       }
9299 
9300       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9301           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9302         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
9303     }
9304 
9305     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9306         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
9307          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
9308         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9309       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
9310       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
9311       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
9312       // thing to do.
9313       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
9314       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
9315       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9316           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9317       QualType Result = SubstAutoTypeDependent(FPT->getReturnType());
9318       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
9319                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
9320     }
9321 
9322     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
9323     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
9324     //  declaration.
9325     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9326       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9327         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
9328         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9329              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
9330           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
9331       }
9332     }
9333 
9334     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
9335     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
9336     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
9337     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
9338     if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9339         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9340       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9341         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
9342         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9343              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
9344             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9345       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9346                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9347         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
9348         // or conversion function.
9349         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9350              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
9351             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9352       }
9353     }
9354 
9355     ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
9356     if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) {
9357       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
9358       // are implicitly inline.
9359       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9360 
9361       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
9362       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
9363       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
9364       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9365           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ||
9366            ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) {
9367         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
9368             << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
9369         NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
9370                                     ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified
9371                                     : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9372       }
9373       // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a
9374       // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval
9375       // specifier.
9376       if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval &&
9377           (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
9378            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
9379            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9380            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) {
9381         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9382              diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind)
9383             << NewFD;
9384         NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9385       }
9386     }
9387 
9388     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
9389     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9390       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9391         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
9392           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
9393         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9394           << 0
9395           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9396       } else {
9397         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9398         if (FunctionTemplate)
9399           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
9400       }
9401     }
9402 
9403     if (isFriend) {
9404       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9405         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9406         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
9407       }
9408       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9409       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9410     }
9411 
9412     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
9413     // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later.
9414     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9415     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9416     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9417       break;
9418 
9419     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9420       NewFD->setDefaulted();
9421       break;
9422 
9423     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9424       NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
9425       break;
9426     }
9427 
9428     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
9429         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9430       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
9431       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
9432       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
9433       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9434     }
9435 
9436     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
9437         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
9438       // C++ [class.static]p1:
9439       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
9440       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
9441       //   the class.
9442 
9443       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
9444       // member function definition.
9445 
9446       // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line
9447       // member function template declaration and class member template
9448       // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
9449       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9450            ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
9451              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
9452            (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
9453            ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
9454         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9455     }
9456 
9457     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
9458     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
9459     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
9460     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9461     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9462          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
9463         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
9464       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
9465           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
9466           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
9467   }
9468 
9469   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
9470   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
9471                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
9472                        isMemberSpecialization ||
9473                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
9474 
9475   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
9476   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
9477     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
9478     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
9479     NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(),
9480                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
9481                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
9482   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
9483     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
9484       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
9485     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
9486       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
9487         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
9488         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
9489       } else
9490         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
9491             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
9492     }
9493   }
9494 
9495   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
9496   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
9497   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
9498   unsigned FTIIdx;
9499   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
9500     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
9501 
9502     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
9503     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
9504     // single void argument.
9505     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
9506     // already checks for that case.
9507     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
9508       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
9509         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
9510         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
9511         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9512         Params.push_back(Param);
9513 
9514         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
9515           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9516       }
9517     }
9518 
9519     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9520       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
9521       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
9522       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
9523       // the TU.
9524       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
9525           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
9526       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
9527         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
9528 
9529         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
9530         // instead.
9531         if (!TD) {
9532           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
9533             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9534         }
9535         if (!TD)
9536           continue;
9537         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
9538         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
9539           continue;
9540         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
9541         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9542         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
9543 
9544         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
9545         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
9546         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
9547         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
9548         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
9549         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
9550           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
9551       }
9552     }
9553   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9554     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
9555     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
9556     // parameters for use in the declaration.
9557     //
9558     // @code
9559     // typedef void fn(int);
9560     // fn f;
9561     // @endcode
9562 
9563     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
9564     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
9565       ParmVarDecl *Param =
9566           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
9567       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
9568       Params.push_back(Param);
9569     }
9570   } else {
9571     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
9572            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
9573   }
9574 
9575   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
9576   NewFD->setParams(Params);
9577 
9578   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
9579     NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context,
9580                                            D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
9581                                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword));
9582 
9583   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
9584   // because all functions have linkage.
9585   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9586       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9587     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
9588     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9589   }
9590 
9591   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
9592   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9593       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
9594     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9595         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
9596         PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
9597 
9598   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
9599   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9600       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9601     NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9602         Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9603         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9604         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
9605     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9606                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
9607                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
9608                      NewFD))
9609       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9610   }
9611 
9612   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
9613   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
9614   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9615     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
9616                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9617       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
9618     }
9619   }
9620 
9621   // Handle attributes.
9622   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
9623 
9624   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9625     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
9626     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
9627     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
9628     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
9629       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9630            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
9631       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9632     }
9633   }
9634 
9635   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9636     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9637     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9638       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9639 
9640     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9641       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9642 
9643     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9644       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9645                                                   isMemberSpecialization));
9646     else if (!Previous.empty())
9647       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9648       D.setRedeclaration(true);
9649     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9650             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9651            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9652 
9653     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
9654     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
9655     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
9656     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9657     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9658       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
9659       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
9660         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
9661         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
9662         int DiagID =
9663             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
9664         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
9665             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
9666       }
9667     }
9668 
9669    if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
9670        NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
9671      checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
9672                            NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9673                            NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
9674   } else {
9675     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
9676     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
9677     //
9678     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
9679     //
9680     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
9681     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
9682     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
9683         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
9684         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
9685       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9686            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
9687         << NewFD->getDeclName();
9688 
9689     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
9690     // argument list into our AST format.
9691     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9692       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
9693       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9694       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9695       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9696                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
9697       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
9698                                  TemplateArgs);
9699 
9700       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9701 
9702       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9703         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9704       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
9705         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9706         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9707           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9708 
9709         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9710       } else {
9711         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
9712                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
9713                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
9714         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9715         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9716       }
9717     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9718       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
9719       // wrote something like:
9720       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
9721       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
9722       //   friend void foo<>(int);
9723       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
9724       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9725       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9726       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9727     }
9728 
9729     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
9730     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
9731     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
9732     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
9733     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
9734     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
9735     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
9736       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
9737 
9738     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
9739     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
9740     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
9741     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
9742     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
9743         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
9744          TemplateSpecializationType::anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments(
9745              TemplateArgs.arguments()))) {
9746       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
9747              "friend function specialization without template args");
9748       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
9749                                                        Previous))
9750         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9751     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9752       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
9753           && !isFriend) {
9754         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
9755       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9756                  CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
9757                      NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
9758                      Previous))
9759         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9760 
9761       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
9762       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
9763       //   specialization (14.7.3)
9764       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
9765           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
9766       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
9767         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
9768           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9769                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
9770             << SC
9771             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9772                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9773 
9774         else
9775           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9776                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
9777             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9778                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9779       }
9780     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9781       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
9782           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9783     }
9784 
9785     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9786     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9787       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9788         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9789 
9790       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9791         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9792 
9793       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9794         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9795                                                     isMemberSpecialization));
9796       else if (!Previous.empty())
9797         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9798         D.setRedeclaration(true);
9799     }
9800 
9801     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9802             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9803            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9804 
9805     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
9806                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
9807                                 : NewFD);
9808 
9809     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
9810       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
9811       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9812         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
9813 
9814       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
9815       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
9816     }
9817 
9818     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
9819         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
9820       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
9821 
9822     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
9823     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
9824     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9825       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
9826                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
9827       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
9828                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
9829                                     : nullptr,
9830                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
9831                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
9832                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
9833                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
9834                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
9835                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
9836                                  DC->isDependentContext())
9837                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
9838                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
9839     }
9840 
9841     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9842       // Ignore all the rest of this.
9843     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
9844       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
9845                                        AddToScope };
9846       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
9847       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
9848         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9849 
9850       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
9851       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9852         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
9853         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
9854 
9855         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
9856         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
9857         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
9858         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
9859         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
9860         // can actually do this check immediately.
9861         //
9862         // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
9863         // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
9864         // nothing will diagnose that error later.
9865         if (isFriend &&
9866             (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
9867              (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
9868           // ignore these
9869         } else if (NewFD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() ||
9870                    NewFD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) {
9871           // ignore this, we allow the redeclaration behavior here to create new
9872           // versions of the function.
9873         } else {
9874           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
9875           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
9876           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
9877           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
9878           //
9879           // class X {
9880           //   void f() const;
9881           // };
9882           //
9883           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
9884           //
9885           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
9886           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
9887           // whether the parameter types are references).
9888 
9889           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9890                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
9891             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9892             return Result;
9893           }
9894         }
9895 
9896         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
9897         // to something.
9898       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
9899         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9900                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
9901           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9902           return Result;
9903         }
9904       }
9905     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9906                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
9907                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
9908                !isMemberSpecialization) {
9909       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
9910       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
9911       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
9912       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
9913       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
9914       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
9915       // generate them.
9916       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
9917         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9918     }
9919   }
9920 
9921   // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add
9922   // attributes as appropriate.
9923   if (!D.isRedeclaration() &&
9924       NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
9925     if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
9926       if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
9927         if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) {
9928           // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as
9929           // matching regardless of its declared type.
9930           if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) {
9931             NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9932           } else {
9933             ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9934             LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
9935             QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9936 
9937             if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() &&
9938                 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
9939                     NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType))
9940               NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9941           }
9942         } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo &&
9943                    Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
9944           // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace.
9945           NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9946         }
9947       }
9948     }
9949   }
9950 
9951   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
9952   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
9953 
9954   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
9955 
9956   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
9957       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9958     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9959          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
9960       << NewFD;
9961 
9962     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
9963     const auto *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9964     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
9965         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
9966     EPI.Variadic = true;
9967     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
9968 
9969     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
9970     NewFD->setType(R);
9971   }
9972 
9973   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9974   // member, set the visibility of this function.
9975   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
9976     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
9977 
9978   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
9979   // marking the function.
9980   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
9981 
9982   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
9983   // a pragma.
9984   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
9985     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9986 
9987   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9988   // the map of such variables.
9989   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9990       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9991     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9992 
9993   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9994   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9995 
9996   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9997     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9998     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
9999                                    isMemberSpecialization ||
10000                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
10001                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
10002   }
10003 
10004   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
10005     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
10006     if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) &&
10007         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10008         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
10009       if (!R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
10010         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
10011             << getCudaConfigureFuncName();
10012       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
10013     }
10014 
10015     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
10016     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
10017     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
10018     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
10019         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
10020          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
10021         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
10022           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
10023       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
10024     }
10025   }
10026 
10027   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
10028 
10029 
10030 
10031   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
10032     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
10033     if (SC == SC_Static) {
10034       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
10035       D.setInvalidType();
10036     }
10037 
10038     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
10039     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
10040       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
10041       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
10042           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
10043                                 : FixItHint());
10044       D.setInvalidType();
10045     }
10046 
10047     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
10048     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
10049       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
10050 
10051     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
10052       if (DC->isRecord()) {
10053         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
10054         D.setInvalidType();
10055       }
10056       if (FunctionTemplate) {
10057         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
10058         D.setInvalidType();
10059       }
10060     }
10061   }
10062 
10063   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10064     if (FunctionTemplate) {
10065       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10066         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
10067       return FunctionTemplate;
10068     }
10069 
10070     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10071       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
10072   }
10073 
10074   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
10075     QualType PT = Param->getType();
10076 
10077     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
10078     // types.
10079     if (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200) {
10080       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
10081         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
10082           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
10083             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
10084             D.setInvalidType();
10085           }
10086       }
10087     }
10088   }
10089 
10090   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
10091   // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
10092   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
10093   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
10094     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
10095                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
10096                                 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(),
10097                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
10098                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
10099     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
10100     AddToScope = false;
10101   }
10102 
10103   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
10104   // that are run during load/unload.
10105   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
10106     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
10107       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
10108           << 1;
10109       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
10110     }
10111     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
10112       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
10113           << 2;
10114       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
10115     }
10116   }
10117 
10118   // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a
10119   // definition.
10120   // FIXME: We should really be doing this in
10121   // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to
10122   // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code
10123   // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false`
10124   // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
10125   if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>())
10126     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
10127     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
10128     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
10129       Diag(NBA->getLocation(),
10130            diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function)
10131           << NBA->getSpelling();
10132       break;
10133     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
10134       Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition)
10135           << NBA->getSpelling();
10136       break;
10137     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
10138       break;
10139     }
10140 
10141   return NewFD;
10142 }
10143 
10144 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say
10145 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
10146 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
10147 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
10148 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
10149 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
10150 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
10151 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
10152 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
10153 /// available since MS has removed the page.
10154 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10155   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
10156   if (!Method)
10157     return nullptr;
10158   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
10159   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
10160     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
10161     NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
10162     return NewAttr;
10163   }
10164 
10165   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
10166   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
10167   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
10168    return nullptr;
10169 
10170   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
10171     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
10172       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
10173       NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
10174       return NewAttr;
10175     }
10176   }
10177   return nullptr;
10178 }
10179 
10180 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
10181 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
10182 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
10183 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
10184 ///
10185 /// \param FD Function being declared.
10186 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion.
10187 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
10188 ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added.
10189 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10190                                                        bool IsDefinition) {
10191   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
10192     return A;
10193   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
10194       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
10195     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10196         getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
10197         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
10198         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
10199   return nullptr;
10200 }
10201 
10202 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
10203 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
10204 /// best-effort check.
10205 ///
10206 /// \param NewD The new declaration.
10207 /// \param OldD The old declaration.
10208 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
10209 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
10210 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
10211                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
10212   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10213     return true;
10214 
10215   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
10216   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
10217   //
10218   //   int f();
10219   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
10220   //
10221   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
10222   if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
10223       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
10224     return false;
10225 
10226   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
10227   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
10228   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
10229     return false;
10230 
10231   return true;
10232 }
10233 
10234 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
10235 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
10236 ///
10237 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
10238 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
10239 ///                 same declaration name.
10240 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
10241 ///          belongs to.
10242 ///
10243 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
10244   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10245     return true;
10246 
10247   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
10248   // permit cases like
10249   //
10250   //   void func();
10251   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
10252   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
10253   //
10254   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
10255   //
10256   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
10257   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
10258   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
10259   // the way of access checks.
10260   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10261     return false;
10262 
10263   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
10264   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
10265   return !VD || !PrevVD ||
10266          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
10267                                         PrevVD->getType());
10268 }
10269 
10270 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion
10271 /// validity.
10272 ///
10273 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10274 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10275   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10276   assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute");
10277   ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse();
10278   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
10279   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
10280 
10281   if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() &&
10282       !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) {
10283     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10284         << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture;
10285     return true;
10286   }
10287 
10288   for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
10289     auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
10290     if (Feat[0] == '-') {
10291       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10292           << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
10293       return true;
10294     }
10295 
10296     if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
10297         !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
10298       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10299           << Feature << BareFeat;
10300       return true;
10301     }
10302   }
10303   return false;
10304 }
10305 
10306 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with
10307 // multiversion functions.
10308 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind,
10309                                            MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10310   // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in
10311   // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame.
10312   switch (Kind) {
10313   default:
10314     return false;
10315   case attr::Used:
10316     return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target;
10317   case attr::NonNull:
10318   case attr::NoThrow:
10319     return true;
10320   }
10321 }
10322 
10323 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S,
10324                                                  const FunctionDecl *FD,
10325                                                  const FunctionDecl *CausedFD,
10326                                                  MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10327   const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, MVType](Sema &S, const Attr *A) {
10328     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr)
10329         << static_cast<unsigned>(MVType) << A;
10330     if (CausedFD)
10331       S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10332     return true;
10333   };
10334 
10335   for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
10336     switch (A->getKind()) {
10337     case attr::CPUDispatch:
10338     case attr::CPUSpecific:
10339       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10340           MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
10341         return Diagnose(S, A);
10342       break;
10343     case attr::Target:
10344       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)
10345         return Diagnose(S, A);
10346       break;
10347     case attr::TargetClones:
10348       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::TargetClones)
10349         return Diagnose(S, A);
10350       break;
10351     default:
10352       if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType))
10353         return Diagnose(S, A);
10354       break;
10355     }
10356   }
10357   return false;
10358 }
10359 
10360 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10361     const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10362     const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10363     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10364     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10365     const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10366     bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) {
10367   enum DoesntSupport {
10368     FuncTemplates = 0,
10369     VirtFuncs = 1,
10370     DeducedReturn = 2,
10371     Constructors = 3,
10372     Destructors = 4,
10373     DeletedFuncs = 5,
10374     DefaultedFuncs = 6,
10375     ConstexprFuncs = 7,
10376     ConstevalFuncs = 8,
10377     Lambda = 9,
10378   };
10379   enum Different {
10380     CallingConv = 0,
10381     ReturnType = 1,
10382     ConstexprSpec = 2,
10383     InlineSpec = 3,
10384     Linkage = 4,
10385     LanguageLinkage = 5,
10386   };
10387 
10388   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD &&
10389       !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10390     Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10391     Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
10392     return true;
10393   }
10394 
10395   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 &&
10396       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10397     return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10398 
10399   if (!TemplatesSupported &&
10400       NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
10401     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10402            << FuncTemplates;
10403 
10404   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10405     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
10406       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10407              << VirtFuncs;
10408 
10409     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10410       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10411              << Constructors;
10412 
10413     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10414       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10415              << Destructors;
10416   }
10417 
10418   if (NewFD->isDeleted())
10419     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10420            << DeletedFuncs;
10421 
10422   if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
10423     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10424            << DefaultedFuncs;
10425 
10426   if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
10427     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10428            << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
10429 
10430   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
10431   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
10432   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
10433 
10434   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
10435     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10436            << DeducedReturn;
10437 
10438   // Ensure the return type is identical.
10439   if (OldFD) {
10440     QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
10441     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
10442     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
10443     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
10444 
10445     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC())
10446       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
10447 
10448     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
10449 
10450     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
10451       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
10452 
10453     if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
10454       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
10455 
10456     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
10457       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
10458 
10459     if (OldFD->getFormalLinkage() != NewFD->getFormalLinkage())
10460       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
10461 
10462     if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
10463       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << LanguageLinkage;
10464 
10465     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
10466             OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(),
10467             NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation()))
10468       return true;
10469   }
10470   return false;
10471 }
10472 
10473 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
10474                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10475                                              bool CausesMV,
10476                                              MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10477   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10478     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10479     if (OldFD)
10480       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10481     return true;
10482   }
10483 
10484   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10485       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10486       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10487 
10488   if (CausesMV && OldFD &&
10489       checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType))
10490     return true;
10491 
10492   if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType))
10493     return true;
10494 
10495   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
10496   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
10497     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
10498 
10499   return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10500       OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
10501       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10502                           S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
10503       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10504                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
10505                               << static_cast<unsigned>(MVType)),
10506       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10507                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
10508       /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
10509       /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType,
10510       /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false);
10511 }
10512 
10513 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
10514 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10515 ///
10516 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10517 ///
10518 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10519 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
10520                                            MultiVersionKind MVType,
10521                                            const TargetAttr *TA) {
10522   assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&
10523          "Function lacks multiversion attribute");
10524 
10525   // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal
10526   // function.
10527   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
10528     return false;
10529 
10530   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
10531     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10532     return true;
10533   }
10534 
10535   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) {
10536     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10537     return true;
10538   }
10539 
10540   FD->setIsMultiVersion();
10541   return false;
10542 }
10543 
10544 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10545   for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
10546     if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
10547       return true;
10548   }
10549 
10550   return false;
10551 }
10552 
10553 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(
10554     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10555     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10556     LookupResult &Previous) {
10557   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10558   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10559   // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
10560   llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10561 
10562   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
10563   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
10564   if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
10565       (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
10566     return false;
10567 
10568   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
10569   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10570     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10571     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10572     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10573     return true;
10574   }
10575 
10576   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
10577                                        MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10578     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10579     return true;
10580   }
10581 
10582   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10583     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10584     return true;
10585   }
10586 
10587   // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
10588   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) {
10589     Redeclaration = true;
10590     OldDecl = OldFD;
10591     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10592     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10593     return false;
10594   }
10595 
10596   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
10597     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10598     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10599     return true;
10600   }
10601 
10602   ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10603 
10604   if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
10605     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10606     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10607     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10608     return true;
10609   }
10610 
10611   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
10612     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10613     // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
10614     // nothing after the fact.
10615     if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
10616         (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) {
10617       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10618           << 0;
10619       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10620       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10621       return true;
10622     }
10623   }
10624 
10625   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10626   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10627   Redeclaration = false;
10628   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10629   OldDecl = nullptr;
10630   Previous.clear();
10631   return false;
10632 }
10633 
10634 static bool MultiVersionTypesCompatible(MultiVersionKind Old,
10635                                         MultiVersionKind New) {
10636   if (Old == New || Old == MultiVersionKind::None ||
10637       New == MultiVersionKind::None)
10638     return true;
10639 
10640   return (Old == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10641           New == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) ||
10642          (Old == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific &&
10643           New == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch);
10644 }
10645 
10646 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
10647 /// multiversioned declaration collection.
10648 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10649     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10650     MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10651     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
10652     const TargetClonesAttr *NewClones, bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10653     bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, LookupResult &Previous) {
10654 
10655   MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10656   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
10657   if (!MultiVersionTypesCompatible(OldMVType, NewMVType)) {
10658     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10659     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10660     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10661     return true;
10662   }
10663 
10664   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
10665   if (NewTA) {
10666     NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10667     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10668   }
10669 
10670   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
10671       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
10672 
10673   // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a
10674   // previous member of the MultiVersion set.
10675   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
10676     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
10677     if (!CurFD)
10678       continue;
10679     if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
10680       continue;
10681 
10682     switch (NewMVType) {
10683     case MultiVersionKind::None:
10684       assert(OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::TargetClones &&
10685              "Only target_clones can be omitted in subsequent declarations");
10686       break;
10687     case MultiVersionKind::Target: {
10688       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10689       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
10690         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10691         Redeclaration = true;
10692         OldDecl = ND;
10693         return false;
10694       }
10695 
10696       ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10697       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
10698         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10699         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10700         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10701         return true;
10702       }
10703       break;
10704     }
10705     case MultiVersionKind::TargetClones: {
10706       const auto *CurClones = CurFD->getAttr<TargetClonesAttr>();
10707       Redeclaration = true;
10708       OldDecl = CurFD;
10709       MergeTypeWithPrevious = true;
10710       NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10711 
10712       if (CurClones && NewClones &&
10713           (CurClones->featuresStrs_size() != NewClones->featuresStrs_size() ||
10714            !std::equal(CurClones->featuresStrs_begin(),
10715                        CurClones->featuresStrs_end(),
10716                        NewClones->featuresStrs_begin()))) {
10717         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_target_clone_doesnt_match);
10718         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10719         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10720         return true;
10721       }
10722 
10723       return false;
10724     }
10725     case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific:
10726     case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch: {
10727       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10728       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10729       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
10730       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
10731       // the redeclaration errors.
10732       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10733           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
10734         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
10735             std::equal(
10736                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
10737                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
10738                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10739                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10740                 })) {
10741           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10742           Redeclaration = true;
10743           OldDecl = ND;
10744           return false;
10745         }
10746 
10747         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
10748         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
10749         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10750         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10751         return true;
10752       }
10753       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
10754 
10755         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
10756             std::equal(
10757                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
10758                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
10759                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10760                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10761                 })) {
10762           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10763           Redeclaration = true;
10764           OldDecl = ND;
10765           return false;
10766         }
10767 
10768         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
10769         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10770           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10771             if (CurII == NewII) {
10772               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
10773                   << NewII;
10774               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10775               NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10776               return true;
10777             }
10778           }
10779         }
10780       }
10781       break;
10782     }
10783     }
10784   }
10785 
10786   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only
10787   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
10788   // handled in the attribute adding step.
10789   if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10790       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10791     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10792     return true;
10793   }
10794 
10795   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
10796                                        !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) {
10797     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10798     return true;
10799   }
10800 
10801   // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
10802   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10803     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10804     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10805     Redeclaration = true;
10806     OldDecl = OldFD;
10807     return false;
10808   }
10809 
10810   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10811   Redeclaration = false;
10812   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10813   OldDecl = nullptr;
10814   Previous.clear();
10815   return false;
10816 }
10817 
10818 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
10819 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10820 ///
10821 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10822 ///
10823 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10824 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10825                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10826                                       bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10827                                       LookupResult &Previous) {
10828   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10829   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10830   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10831   const auto *NewClones = NewFD->getAttr<TargetClonesAttr>();
10832   MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10833 
10834   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
10835   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint.
10836   if (NewFD->isMain()) {
10837     if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&
10838         !(MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !NewTA->isDefaultVersion())) {
10839       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
10840       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10841       return true;
10842     }
10843     return false;
10844   }
10845 
10846   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
10847       OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() !=
10848           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) {
10849     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
10850     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
10851     if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10852       return false;
10853     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA);
10854   }
10855 
10856   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
10857 
10858   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10859     return false;
10860 
10861   // Multiversioned redeclarations aren't allowed to omit the attribute, except
10862   // for target_clones.
10863   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None &&
10864       OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::TargetClones) {
10865     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10866         << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
10867     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10868     return true;
10869   }
10870 
10871   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10872     switch (MVType) {
10873     case MultiVersionKind::Target:
10874       return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10875                                               Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10876                                               MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10877     case MultiVersionKind::TargetClones:
10878       if (OldFD->isUsed(false)) {
10879         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10880         return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
10881       }
10882       OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10883       break;
10884     case MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch:
10885     case MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific:
10886     case MultiVersionKind::None:
10887       break;
10888     }
10889   }
10890   // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case.
10891   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target)
10892     return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10893                                             Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10894                                             MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10895 
10896   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
10897   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are
10898   // still compatible with previous declarations.
10899   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10900       S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, NewClones,
10901       Redeclaration, OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10902 }
10903 
10904 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
10905 ///
10906 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
10907 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
10908 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
10909 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
10910 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
10911 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
10912 /// via InstantiateDecl).
10913 ///
10914 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
10915 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
10916 /// previous declaration).
10917 ///
10918 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10919 ///
10920 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
10921 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10922                                     LookupResult &Previous,
10923                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
10924   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
10925          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
10926 
10927   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
10928   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
10929   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
10930   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10931                                !Previous.isShadowed();
10932 
10933   bool Redeclaration = false;
10934   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
10935   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
10936 
10937   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
10938   // the same name, if appropriate.
10939   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10940     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
10941     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
10942     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
10943     // function to the scope.
10944     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
10945       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10946       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
10947         Redeclaration = true;
10948         OldDecl = Candidate;
10949       }
10950     } else {
10951       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10952       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
10953                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
10954       case Ovl_Match:
10955         Redeclaration = true;
10956         break;
10957 
10958       case Ovl_NonFunction:
10959         Redeclaration = true;
10960         break;
10961 
10962       case Ovl_Overload:
10963         Redeclaration = false;
10964         break;
10965       }
10966     }
10967   }
10968 
10969   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
10970   if (!Redeclaration &&
10971       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
10972     if (!Previous.empty()) {
10973       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
10974       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
10975       Redeclaration = true;
10976       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10977       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10978 
10979       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
10980       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
10981           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10982         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
10983           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10984           Redeclaration = false;
10985           OldDecl = nullptr;
10986         }
10987       }
10988     }
10989   }
10990 
10991   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10992                                 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous))
10993     return Redeclaration;
10994 
10995   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types.
10996   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
10997       CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) {
10998     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10999   }
11000 
11001   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
11002   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
11003   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
11004   //
11005   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
11006   // definition of a static member function.
11007   //
11008   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
11009   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
11010   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
11011   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
11012       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
11013       !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
11014     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
11015     if (OldDecl)
11016       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
11017     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
11018       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
11019         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11020       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
11021       EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
11022       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
11023                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
11024 
11025       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
11026       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
11027       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
11028         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
11029         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
11030                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
11031           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
11032 
11033         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
11034           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
11035       }
11036     }
11037   }
11038 
11039   if (Redeclaration) {
11040     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
11041     // merged.
11042     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
11043       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11044       return Redeclaration;
11045     }
11046 
11047     Previous.clear();
11048     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
11049 
11050     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
11051             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
11052       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
11053       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
11054         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
11055       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
11056 
11057       // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
11058       // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
11059       // can add it as a redeclaration.
11060       NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
11061 
11062       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
11063       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
11064         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
11065         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
11066       }
11067 
11068       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
11069       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
11070       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
11071           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
11072         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
11073         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
11074         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
11075         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
11076         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
11077           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
11078           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD);
11079           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
11080           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
11081         }
11082       }
11083 
11084     } else {
11085       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
11086         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
11087         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
11088         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
11089         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
11090           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
11091       }
11092     }
11093   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
11094              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
11095     assert((Previous.empty() ||
11096             llvm::any_of(Previous,
11097                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
11098                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
11099                          })) &&
11100            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
11101 
11102     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
11103       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
11104       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
11105     });
11106 
11107     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
11108       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
11109            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
11110       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
11111            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
11112           << false;
11113 
11114       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
11115     }
11116   }
11117 
11118   if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
11119     ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(NewFD);
11120 
11121   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
11122 
11123   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11124     // C++-specific checks.
11125     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
11126       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
11127     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
11128                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
11129       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
11130       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
11131 
11132       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
11133       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
11134       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
11135         DeclarationName Name
11136           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
11137                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
11138         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
11139           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
11140           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11141           return Redeclaration;
11142         }
11143       }
11144     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
11145       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11146         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
11147 
11148       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
11149       // explicitly specialized.
11150       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
11151         Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
11152             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
11153     }
11154 
11155     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
11156     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
11157       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
11158           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
11159           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
11160         AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
11161       }
11162       if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause())
11163         // C++2a [class.virtual]p6
11164         // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause.
11165         Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(),
11166              diag::err_constrained_virtual_method);
11167 
11168       if (Method->isStatic())
11169         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
11170     }
11171 
11172     if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD))
11173       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
11174 
11175     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
11176     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
11177         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
11178       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11179       return Redeclaration;
11180     }
11181 
11182     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
11183     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
11184         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
11185       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11186       return Redeclaration;
11187     }
11188 
11189     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
11190     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
11191     // during delayed parsing anyway.
11192     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
11193       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
11194 
11195     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
11196     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
11197     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
11198     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
11199     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
11200       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
11201       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
11202         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
11203             << NewFD << R;
11204       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
11205                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11206         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
11207     }
11208 
11209     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
11210     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
11211     //   [is] part of the function type
11212     //
11213     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
11214     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
11215     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
11216     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
11217     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
11218     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
11219       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
11220         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
11221         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
11222         // restricted prior to C++17.
11223         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
11224           T = RT->getPointeeType();
11225         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
11226           T = T->getPointeeType();
11227         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
11228           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
11229         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11230           if (FPT->isNothrow())
11231             return true;
11232         return false;
11233       };
11234 
11235       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11236       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
11237       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
11238         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
11239       if (AnyNoexcept)
11240         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
11241              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
11242             << NewFD;
11243     }
11244 
11245     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
11246       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
11247   }
11248   return Redeclaration;
11249 }
11250 
11251 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
11252   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
11253   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
11254   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
11255   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
11256   //   appear in a declaration of main.
11257   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
11258   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
11259   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
11260     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11261          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
11262       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
11263   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
11264     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
11265       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
11266   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
11267     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
11268     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
11269     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
11270     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
11271       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
11272   }
11273   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
11274     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
11275         << FD->isConsteval()
11276         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
11277     FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
11278   }
11279 
11280   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11281     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
11282         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
11283     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11284     return;
11285   }
11286 
11287   QualType T = FD->getType();
11288   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11289   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11290 
11291   // Set default calling convention for main()
11292   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11293     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11294     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11295     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
11296   }
11297 
11298   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11299     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
11300     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
11301     // implicit-return-zero rule.
11302 
11303     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
11304     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11305       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11306     else {
11307       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
11308       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11309       if (RTRange.isValid())
11310         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
11311             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
11312     }
11313   } else {
11314     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
11315     // set the flag which tells us that.
11316     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
11317 
11318     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
11319     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11320       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11321     else {
11322       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
11323       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11324       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
11325           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
11326                                 : FixItHint());
11327       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11328     }
11329   }
11330 
11331   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
11332   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
11333 
11334   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
11335   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
11336   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
11337 
11338   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
11339 
11340   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
11341     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
11342     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
11343     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
11344   }
11345 
11346   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
11347   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
11348   // getting shifty.
11349   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
11350     HasExtraParameters = false;
11351 
11352   if (HasExtraParameters) {
11353     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
11354     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11355     nparams = 3;
11356   }
11357 
11358   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
11359   // if we had some location information about types.
11360 
11361   QualType CharPP =
11362     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
11363   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
11364 
11365   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
11366     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
11367 
11368     bool mismatch = true;
11369 
11370     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
11371       mismatch = false;
11372     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
11373       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
11374       //   char const **
11375       //   char const * const *
11376       //   char * const *
11377 
11378       QualifierCollector qs;
11379       const PointerType* PT;
11380       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11381           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11382           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
11383                               Context.CharTy)) {
11384         qs.removeConst();
11385         mismatch = !qs.empty();
11386       }
11387     }
11388 
11389     if (mismatch) {
11390       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
11391       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
11392       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11393     }
11394   }
11395 
11396   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11397     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
11398   }
11399 
11400   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11401     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11402     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11403   }
11404 }
11405 
11406 static bool isDefaultStdCall(FunctionDecl *FD, Sema &S) {
11407 
11408   // Default calling convention for main and wmain is __cdecl
11409   if (FD->getName() == "main" || FD->getName() == "wmain")
11410     return false;
11411 
11412   // Default calling convention for MinGW is __cdecl
11413   const llvm::Triple &T = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
11414   if (T.isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
11415     return false;
11416 
11417   // Default calling convention for WinMain, wWinMain and DllMain
11418   // is __stdcall on 32 bit Windows
11419   if (T.isOSWindows() && T.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
11420     return true;
11421 
11422   return false;
11423 }
11424 
11425 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11426   QualType T = FD->getType();
11427   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11428   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11429 
11430   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
11431   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
11432   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
11433       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
11434       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
11435     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
11436     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
11437       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11438 
11439   // Explicity specified calling conventions are applied to MSVC entry points
11440   if (!hasExplicitCallingConv(T)) {
11441     if (isDefaultStdCall(FD, *this)) {
11442       if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_X86StdCall) {
11443         FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(
11444             FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_X86StdCall));
11445         FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11446       }
11447     } else if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11448       FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT,
11449                                       FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11450       FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11451     }
11452   }
11453 
11454   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11455     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11456     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11457   }
11458 }
11459 
11460 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
11461   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
11462   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
11463   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
11464   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
11465   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
11466   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
11467   //
11468   // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions,
11469   // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter.
11470   if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
11471     assert(Init->containsErrors() &&
11472            "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path.");
11473     return true;
11474   }
11475   const Expr *Culprit;
11476   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
11477     return false;
11478   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
11479     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
11480   return true;
11481 }
11482 
11483 namespace {
11484   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
11485   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
11486   class SelfReferenceChecker
11487       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
11488     Sema &S;
11489     Decl *OrigDecl;
11490     bool isRecordType;
11491     bool isPODType;
11492     bool isReferenceType;
11493 
11494     bool isInitList;
11495     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
11496 
11497   public:
11498     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
11499 
11500     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
11501                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
11502       isPODType = false;
11503       isRecordType = false;
11504       isReferenceType = false;
11505       isInitList = false;
11506       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
11507         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
11508         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
11509         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
11510       }
11511     }
11512 
11513     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
11514     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
11515     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
11516     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
11517       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
11518       if (!InitList) {
11519         Visit(E);
11520         return;
11521       }
11522 
11523       // Track and increment the index here.
11524       isInitList = true;
11525       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
11526       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
11527         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
11528         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
11529       }
11530       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
11531     }
11532 
11533     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
11534     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
11535     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
11536       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
11537       Expr *Base = E;
11538       bool ReferenceField = false;
11539 
11540       // Get the field members used.
11541       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11542         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11543         if (!FD)
11544           return false;
11545         Fields.push_back(FD);
11546         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
11547           ReferenceField = true;
11548         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11549       }
11550 
11551       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
11552       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
11553       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
11554         return false;
11555 
11556       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
11557       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
11558         return true;
11559 
11560       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
11561       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
11562       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
11563         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
11564 
11565       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
11566       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
11567       // initialized, then the use is safe.
11568       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
11569                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
11570                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
11571                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
11572            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
11573         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
11574           return true;
11575         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
11576           break;
11577       }
11578 
11579       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
11580       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11581       return true;
11582     }
11583 
11584     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
11585     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
11586     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
11587     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
11588       E = E->IgnoreParens();
11589       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11590         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11591         return;
11592       }
11593 
11594       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11595         Visit(CO->getCond());
11596         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
11597         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
11598         return;
11599       }
11600 
11601       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
11602               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11603         Visit(BCO->getCond());
11604         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
11605         return;
11606       }
11607 
11608       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
11609         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11610         return;
11611       }
11612 
11613       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11614         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11615           Visit(BO->getLHS());
11616           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
11617           return;
11618         }
11619       }
11620 
11621       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11622         if (isInitList) {
11623           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
11624                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
11625             return;
11626         }
11627 
11628         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11629         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11630           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
11631           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11632             return;
11633           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11634         }
11635         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
11636           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11637         return;
11638       }
11639 
11640       Visit(E);
11641     }
11642 
11643     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
11644     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
11645     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11646       if (isReferenceType)
11647         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
11648     }
11649 
11650     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
11651       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
11652         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11653         return;
11654       }
11655 
11656       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
11657     }
11658 
11659     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
11660       if (isInitList) {
11661         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
11662           return;
11663       }
11664 
11665       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
11666       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
11667 
11668       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
11669       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
11670       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
11671       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
11672       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11673       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11674         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11675           Warn = false;
11676         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11677       }
11678 
11679       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
11680         if (Warn)
11681           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11682         return;
11683       }
11684 
11685       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
11686       // Visit that expression.
11687       Visit(Base);
11688     }
11689 
11690     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
11691       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
11692 
11693       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
11694         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
11695 
11696       Visit(Callee);
11697       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
11698         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
11699     }
11700 
11701     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11702       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
11703       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
11704           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
11705         if (!isPODType)
11706           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11707         return;
11708       }
11709 
11710       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
11711         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11712         return;
11713       }
11714 
11715       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
11716     }
11717 
11718     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
11719 
11720     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
11721       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
11722         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
11723         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
11724           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
11725             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
11726         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
11727           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
11728             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11729         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
11730         return;
11731       }
11732       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
11733     }
11734 
11735     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
11736       // Treat std::move as a use.
11737       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
11738         HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
11739         return;
11740       }
11741 
11742       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
11743     }
11744 
11745     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
11746       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
11747         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
11748         Visit(E->getRHS());
11749         return;
11750       }
11751 
11752       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
11753     }
11754 
11755     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
11756     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
11757     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
11758     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
11759       Visit(E->getCond());
11760       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
11761     }
11762 
11763     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
11764       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
11765       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
11766       unsigned diag;
11767       if (isReferenceType) {
11768         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
11769       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
11770         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
11771       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11772                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11773                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
11774         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
11775       } else {
11776         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
11777         return;
11778       }
11779 
11780       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
11781                             S.PDiag(diag)
11782                                 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
11783                                 << DRE->getSourceRange());
11784     }
11785   };
11786 
11787   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
11788   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
11789                                  bool DirectInit) {
11790     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
11791     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
11792     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
11793       return;
11794 
11795     E = E->IgnoreParens();
11796 
11797     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
11798     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
11799     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
11800       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11801         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11802           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
11803             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
11804               return;
11805 
11806     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
11807   }
11808 } // end anonymous namespace
11809 
11810 namespace {
11811   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
11812   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
11813   struct VarDeclOrName {
11814     VarDecl *VDecl;
11815     DeclarationName Name;
11816 
11817     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
11818     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
11819       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
11820     }
11821   };
11822 } // end anonymous namespace
11823 
11824 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
11825                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
11826                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
11827                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
11828                                             Expr *Init) {
11829   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
11830   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
11831          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
11832 
11833   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
11834 
11835   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
11836   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
11837 
11838   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
11839   if (!Init) {
11840     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
11841 
11842     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
11843     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
11844     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
11845         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
11846         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11847       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
11848         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
11849       return QualType();
11850     }
11851   }
11852 
11853   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
11854   if (Init)
11855     DeduceInits = Init;
11856 
11857   if (DirectInit) {
11858     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
11859       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
11860   }
11861 
11862   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
11863     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
11864     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11865     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11866         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11867     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
11868     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
11869     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
11870                                                        InitsCopy);
11871   }
11872 
11873   if (DirectInit) {
11874     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
11875       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
11876   }
11877 
11878   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
11879   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
11880     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
11881     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
11882     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11883                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
11884                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
11885         << VN << Type << Range;
11886     return QualType();
11887   }
11888 
11889   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
11890     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
11891          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
11892                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
11893         << VN << Type << Range;
11894     return QualType();
11895   }
11896 
11897   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
11898   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
11899     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11900                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
11901                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
11902         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
11903     return QualType();
11904   }
11905 
11906   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
11907   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
11908   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
11909       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
11910     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11911     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11912       return QualType();
11913     }
11914     Init = Result.get();
11915     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
11916   }
11917 
11918   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
11919   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
11920   //   is present, e has type cv A
11921   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
11922       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
11923       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
11924     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
11925                                     Type.getQualifiers());
11926 
11927   QualType DeducedType;
11928   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
11929     if (!IsInitCapture)
11930       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
11931     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
11932       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
11933            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
11934           << VN
11935           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11936                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11937           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11938     else
11939       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
11940           << VN << TSI->getType()
11941           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11942                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11943           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11944   }
11945 
11946   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
11947   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
11948   // checks.
11949   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
11950   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
11951   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
11952       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
11953     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11954     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
11955   }
11956 
11957   return DeducedType;
11958 }
11959 
11960 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
11961                                          Expr *Init) {
11962   assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors());
11963   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
11964       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
11965       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
11966   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
11967     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11968     return true;
11969   }
11970 
11971   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
11972   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
11973 
11974   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
11975   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
11976     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11977 
11978   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
11979     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl);
11980 
11981   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
11982   // the previously declared type.
11983   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
11984     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
11985     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
11986     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
11987   }
11988 
11989   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
11990   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
11991   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
11992 }
11993 
11994 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
11995                                               SourceLocation Loc) {
11996   if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
11997     Init = EWC->getSubExpr();
11998 
11999   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
12000     Init = CE->getSubExpr();
12001 
12002   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12003   assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12004           InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
12005          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct");
12006   if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12007     for (auto I : ILE->inits()) {
12008       if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
12009           !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
12010         continue;
12011       SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
12012       checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
12013     }
12014     return;
12015   }
12016 
12017   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
12018     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12019       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
12020                             NTCUK_Init);
12021   } else {
12022     // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
12023     // object.
12024     // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
12025     // copy-elision.
12026     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
12027       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
12028   }
12029 }
12030 
12031 namespace {
12032 
12033 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
12034   // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
12035   // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
12036   // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
12037   // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
12038   // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
12039   return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
12040 }
12041 
12042 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
12043     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
12044                                     void> {
12045   using Super =
12046       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
12047                                     void>;
12048 
12049   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
12050       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
12051       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
12052       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
12053 
12054   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
12055                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12056     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
12057       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
12058                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
12059     return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12060   }
12061 
12062   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12063                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12064     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12065       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12066           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
12067   }
12068 
12069   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12070     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12071       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12072           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
12073   }
12074 
12075   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12076     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
12077     if (RD->isUnion()) {
12078       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
12079         bool IsUnion = false;
12080         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
12081           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
12082         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
12083             << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
12084         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
12085         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
12086       }
12087       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
12088     }
12089 
12090     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12091       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12092           << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
12093 
12094     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
12095       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
12096         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12097   }
12098 
12099   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12100 
12101   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
12102   // non-trivial C union.
12103   QualType OrigTy;
12104   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
12105   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
12106   Sema &S;
12107 };
12108 
12109 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
12110     : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
12111   using Super =
12112       DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
12113 
12114   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
12115       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
12116       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
12117       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
12118 
12119   void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
12120                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12121     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
12122       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
12123                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
12124     return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12125   }
12126 
12127   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12128                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12129     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12130       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12131           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
12132   }
12133 
12134   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12135     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12136       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12137           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
12138   }
12139 
12140   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12141     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
12142     if (RD->isUnion()) {
12143       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
12144         bool IsUnion = false;
12145         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
12146           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
12147         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
12148             << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
12149         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
12150         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
12151       }
12152       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
12153     }
12154 
12155     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12156       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12157           << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
12158 
12159     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
12160       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
12161         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12162   }
12163 
12164   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12165   void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12166                           bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12167 
12168   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
12169   // non-trivial C union.
12170   QualType OrigTy;
12171   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
12172   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
12173   Sema &S;
12174 };
12175 
12176 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
12177     : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
12178   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
12179 
12180   DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
12181                                  Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
12182                                  Sema &S)
12183       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
12184 
12185   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
12186                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12187     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
12188       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
12189                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
12190     return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12191   }
12192 
12193   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12194                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12195     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12196       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12197           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
12198   }
12199 
12200   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12201     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12202       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12203           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
12204   }
12205 
12206   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
12207     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
12208     if (RD->isUnion()) {
12209       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
12210         bool IsUnion = false;
12211         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
12212           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
12213         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
12214             << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
12215         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
12216         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
12217       }
12218       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
12219     }
12220 
12221     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
12222       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
12223           << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
12224 
12225     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
12226       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
12227         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
12228   }
12229 
12230   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
12231                 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12232   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12233   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12234                             bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12235 
12236   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
12237   // non-trivial C union.
12238   QualType OrigTy;
12239   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
12240   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
12241   Sema &S;
12242 };
12243 
12244 } // namespace
12245 
12246 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
12247                                  NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
12248                                  unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
12249   assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12250           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
12251           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
12252          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union");
12253 
12254   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
12255       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12256     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12257         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12258   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
12259       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
12260     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12261         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12262   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
12263     DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12264         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12265 }
12266 
12267 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
12268 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
12269 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
12270 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
12271   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
12272   // the initializer.
12273   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12274     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
12275     return;
12276   }
12277 
12278   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12279     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
12280     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
12281       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
12282     Method->setInvalidDecl();
12283     return;
12284   }
12285 
12286   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
12287   if (!VDecl) {
12288     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
12289     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
12290     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12291     return;
12292   }
12293 
12294   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
12295   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12296     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
12297     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
12298     // TypoExpr.
12299     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
12300     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
12301       // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them.
12302       // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init.
12303       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12304       return;
12305     }
12306     if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) {
12307       // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet.
12308       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12309       VDecl->setInit(Res.get());
12310       return;
12311     }
12312     Init = Res.get();
12313 
12314     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
12315       return;
12316   }
12317 
12318   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
12319   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
12320     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
12321     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12322     return;
12323   }
12324 
12325   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
12326     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
12327     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
12328     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12329     return;
12330   }
12331 
12332   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12333     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
12334     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
12335     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
12336     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
12337     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
12338       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
12339     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
12340                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12341       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12342       return;
12343     }
12344 
12345     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12346     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
12347                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12348                                AbstractVariableType))
12349       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12350   }
12351 
12352   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
12353   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
12354   // handle the situation.
12355   if (VarDecl *Def = VDecl->getDefinition())
12356     if (Def != VDecl &&
12357         (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
12358         !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
12359         checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
12360       return;
12361 
12362   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12363     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
12364     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
12365     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12366     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
12367     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
12368     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
12369     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
12370     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
12371     //
12372     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
12373     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
12374     // declaration with an initializer.
12375     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
12376       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
12377           << VDecl->getDeclName();
12378       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
12379            diag::note_previous_initializer)
12380           << 0;
12381       return;
12382     }
12383 
12384     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12385       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12386 
12387     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
12388       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12389       return;
12390     }
12391   }
12392 
12393   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
12394   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
12395   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
12396     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
12397     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12398     return;
12399   }
12400 
12401   // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef).
12402   if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12403     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init);
12404     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12405     return;
12406   }
12407 
12408   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
12409   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
12410   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
12411 
12412   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
12413   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
12414   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12415       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
12416     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
12417     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12418       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12419       return;
12420     }
12421     Init = Result.get();
12422   }
12423 
12424   // Perform the initialization.
12425   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
12426   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12427     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
12428     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
12429         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
12430 
12431     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
12432     if (CXXDirectInit)
12433       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
12434                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
12435 
12436     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
12437     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
12438       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
12439           Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true,
12440           [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
12441             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
12442             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
12443           });
12444       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
12445         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12446       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
12447         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
12448       }
12449     }
12450     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12451       return;
12452 
12453     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
12454                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
12455                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
12456     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
12457     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12458       // If the provided initializer fails to initialize the var decl,
12459       // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery.
12460       auto RecoveryExpr =
12461           CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args);
12462       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12463         VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12464       return;
12465     }
12466 
12467     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
12468   }
12469 
12470   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
12471   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
12472   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
12473   // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
12474   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12475     if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
12476         VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())
12477       CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
12478 
12479   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
12480   // completed by the initializer. For example:
12481   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
12482   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
12483   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
12484     VDecl->setType(DclT);
12485 
12486   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12487     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
12488 
12489     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12490       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
12491 
12492     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
12493     // Although this code can still have problems:
12494     //   id x = self.weakProp;
12495     //   id y = self.weakProp;
12496     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
12497     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
12498     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
12499     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
12500       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
12501            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
12502           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
12503                            Init->getBeginLoc()))
12504         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
12505   }
12506 
12507   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
12508   //
12509   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
12510   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
12511   // full-expression. For instance, in:
12512   //
12513   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
12514   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
12515   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
12516   //
12517   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
12518   ExprResult Result =
12519       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
12520                           /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
12521   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12522     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12523     return;
12524   }
12525   Init = Result.get();
12526 
12527   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
12528   VDecl->setInit(Init);
12529 
12530   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
12531     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
12532     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12533       // do nothing
12534 
12535     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
12536     // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
12537     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12538       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12539 
12540     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
12541     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12542       // do nothing
12543 
12544     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
12545     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
12546     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12547       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12548 
12549     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
12550     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
12551     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
12552     // constant expressions.
12553     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
12554                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12555       const Expr *Culprit;
12556       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
12557         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
12558              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
12559           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
12560       }
12561     }
12562 
12563     if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
12564       if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
12565         if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12566           BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
12567   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
12568              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
12569     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
12570     //
12571     // struct S {
12572     //   static const int value = 17;
12573     // };
12574 
12575     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
12576     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
12577     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
12578     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
12579     //
12580     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
12581     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
12582     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12583     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
12584     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
12585     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
12586     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
12587     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
12588     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
12589 
12590     // Do nothing on dependent types.
12591     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
12592 
12593     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
12594     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
12595     // type.
12596     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
12597 
12598     // Require constness.
12599     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
12600       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
12601         << Init->getSourceRange();
12602       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12603 
12604     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
12605     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12606       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
12607       SourceLocation Loc;
12608       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
12609         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
12610         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
12611         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
12612       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
12613         ; // Nothing to check.
12614       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
12615         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
12616       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
12617                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
12618         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
12619       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12620         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
12621         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
12622         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12623           << Init->getSourceRange();
12624       } else {
12625         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
12626         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
12627         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12628           << Init->getSourceRange();
12629         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12630       }
12631 
12632     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
12633     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
12634       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
12635       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
12636       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12637         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
12638              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12639             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12640         Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
12641              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12642             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12643       } else {
12644         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
12645           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12646 
12647         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12648           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12649             << Init->getSourceRange();
12650           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12651         }
12652       }
12653 
12654     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
12655     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
12656       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
12657           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
12658           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12659       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
12660 
12661     } else {
12662       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
12663         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12664       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12665     }
12666   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
12667     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
12668     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
12669     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
12670     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
12671     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
12672     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
12673     // C++ rules.
12674     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
12675         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
12676          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
12677         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
12678         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
12679       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
12680 
12681     // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
12682     // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
12683     // __declspec(dllexport).
12684     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
12685         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
12686         VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
12687       VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
12688 
12689     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
12690     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12691       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12692   }
12693 
12694   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12695   if (!InitType.isNull() &&
12696       (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12697        InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
12698     checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
12699 
12700   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
12701   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
12702   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
12703   //
12704   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
12705   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
12706   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
12707   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
12708   // special case code.
12709 
12710   // C++ 8.5p11:
12711   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
12712   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
12713   // class type.
12714   if (CXXDirectInit) {
12715     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
12716     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12717   } else if (DirectInit) {
12718     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
12719     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
12720   }
12721 
12722   if (LangOpts.OpenMP &&
12723       (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice || !LangOpts.OMPTargetTriples.empty()) &&
12724       VDecl->isFileVarDecl())
12725     DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(VDecl);
12726   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
12727 }
12728 
12729 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
12730 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to at least re-establish
12731 /// invariants such as whether a variable's type is either dependent or
12732 /// complete.
12733 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
12734   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
12735   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
12736   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12737 
12738   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12739   if (!VD) return;
12740 
12741   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12742   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
12743     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
12744       BD->setInvalidDecl();
12745 
12746   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12747   if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12748     D->setInvalidDecl();
12749     return;
12750   }
12751 
12752   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
12753   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
12754 
12755   // Require a complete type.
12756   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
12757                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
12758                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12759     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12760     return;
12761   }
12762 
12763   // Require a non-abstract type.
12764   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
12765                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12766                              AbstractVariableType)) {
12767     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12768     return;
12769   }
12770 
12771   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
12772   // though.
12773 }
12774 
12775 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
12776   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
12777   if (!RealDecl)
12778     return;
12779 
12780   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12781     QualType Type = Var->getType();
12782 
12783     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
12784     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12785       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
12786       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12787       return;
12788     }
12789 
12790     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
12791         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
12792       return;
12793 
12794     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
12795     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
12796     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
12797     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
12798     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
12799     // member.
12800     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12801         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
12802       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
12803         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
12804         // a definition there.
12805         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12806             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12807           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12808                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
12809               << Var;
12810           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12811           return;
12812         }
12813       } else {
12814         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
12815         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12816         return;
12817       }
12818     }
12819 
12820     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
12821     // be initialized.
12822     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12823         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
12824         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
12825       bool HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = false;
12826       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12827         for (auto *Ctor : RD->ctors()) {
12828           if (Ctor->isConstexpr() && Ctor->getNumParams() == 0 &&
12829               Ctor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace() ==
12830                   LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12831             HasConstExprDefaultConstructor = true;
12832           }
12833         }
12834       }
12835       if (!HasConstExprDefaultConstructor) {
12836         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
12837         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12838         return;
12839       }
12840     }
12841 
12842     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12843       if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) {
12844         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl)
12845             << Var;
12846         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12847         return;
12848       }
12849       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(),
12850                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12851         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12852         return;
12853       }
12854       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12855         if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
12856           Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor);
12857           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12858           return;
12859         }
12860       }
12861       // The declaration is unitialized, no need for further checks.
12862       return;
12863     }
12864 
12865     VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
12866     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
12867         Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12868       checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
12869                             NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
12870 
12871 
12872     switch (DefKind) {
12873     case VarDecl::Definition:
12874       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
12875         break;
12876 
12877       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
12878       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
12879       // a declaration.
12880       //
12881       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
12882 
12883     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
12884       // It's only a declaration.
12885 
12886       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
12887       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
12888       // object shall be complete.
12889       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
12890           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12891           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12892                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
12893         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12894 
12895       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
12896       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12897           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12898                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12899                                  AbstractVariableType))
12900         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12901       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12902           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
12903         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
12904         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
12905       }
12906 
12907       if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalRef() &&
12908           !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12909         ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var);
12910 
12911       return;
12912 
12913     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
12914       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
12915       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
12916       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
12917       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
12918       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
12919       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
12920         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
12921                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
12922           if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
12923                   Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(),
12924                   diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
12925             Var->setInvalidDecl();
12926         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12927           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
12928           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
12929           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
12930           // NOTE: code such as the following
12931           //     static struct s;
12932           //     struct s { int a; };
12933           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
12934           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
12935           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
12936           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
12937             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12938                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
12939         }
12940       }
12941 
12942       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
12943       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
12944         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
12945       return;
12946     }
12947 
12948     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12949     // definitions with incomplete array type.
12950     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
12951       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12952            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
12953       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12954       return;
12955     }
12956 
12957     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12958     // definitions with reference type.
12959     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
12960       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
12961           << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
12962       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12963       return;
12964     }
12965 
12966     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
12967     // variable with dependent type.
12968     if (Type->isDependentType())
12969       return;
12970 
12971     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
12972       return;
12973 
12974     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
12975       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12976                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
12977                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12978         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12979         return;
12980       }
12981     } else {
12982       return;
12983     }
12984 
12985     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12986     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12987                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12988                                AbstractVariableType)) {
12989       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12990       return;
12991     }
12992 
12993     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
12994     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
12995     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
12996     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
12997     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
12998     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
12999     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
13000     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
13001     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
13002     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
13003     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
13004       if (const RecordType *Record
13005             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13006         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
13007         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
13008         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
13009         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
13010         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
13011           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
13012       }
13013     }
13014     // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
13015     // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
13016     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13017         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
13018       return;
13019     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
13020     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
13021     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
13022     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
13023     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
13024     //   type shall have a user-declared default
13025     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
13026     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
13027     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
13028     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
13029     //   program is ill-formed.
13030     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
13031     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
13032     //   default-initialized; [...].
13033     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
13034     InitializationKind Kind
13035       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
13036 
13037     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
13038     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
13039 
13040     if (Init.get()) {
13041       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
13042       // This is important for template substitution.
13043       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
13044     } else if (Init.isInvalid()) {
13045       // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track
13046       // that initialization was attempted and failed.
13047       auto RecoveryExpr =
13048           CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {});
13049       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
13050         Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
13051     }
13052 
13053     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
13054   }
13055 }
13056 
13057 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
13058   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
13059   if (!D)
13060     return;
13061 
13062   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
13063   if (!VD) {
13064     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
13065     D->setInvalidDecl();
13066     return;
13067   }
13068 
13069   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
13070 
13071   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
13072   int Error = -1;
13073   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
13074   case SC_None:
13075     break;
13076   case SC_Extern:
13077     Error = 0;
13078     break;
13079   case SC_Static:
13080     Error = 1;
13081     break;
13082   case SC_PrivateExtern:
13083     Error = 2;
13084     break;
13085   case SC_Auto:
13086     Error = 3;
13087     break;
13088   case SC_Register:
13089     Error = 4;
13090     break;
13091   }
13092 
13093   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier con't.
13094   switch (VD->getTSCSpec()) {
13095   case TSCS_thread_local:
13096     Error = 6;
13097     break;
13098   case TSCS___thread:
13099   case TSCS__Thread_local:
13100   case TSCS_unspecified:
13101     break;
13102   }
13103 
13104   if (Error != -1) {
13105     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
13106         << VD << Error;
13107     D->setInvalidDecl();
13108   }
13109 }
13110 
13111 StmtResult
13112 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
13113                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
13114                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
13115                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
13116   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
13117   //   A range-based for statement of the form
13118   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
13119   //   is equivalent to
13120   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
13121   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
13122 
13123   const char *PrevSpec;
13124   unsigned DiagID;
13125   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
13126                      getPrintingPolicy());
13127 
13128   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit);
13129   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
13130   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
13131 
13132   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
13133                 IdentLoc);
13134   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
13135   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
13136   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
13137   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
13138                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
13139 }
13140 
13141 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
13142   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
13143 
13144   MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(var);
13145 
13146   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
13147     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
13148     // initialiser
13149     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
13150         !var->hasInit()) {
13151       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
13152           << 1 /*Init*/;
13153       var->setInvalidDecl();
13154       return;
13155     }
13156   }
13157 
13158   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
13159   // local retaining variable.
13160   if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
13161       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
13162     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
13163     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
13164     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
13165     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
13166       break;
13167 
13168     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
13169     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
13170       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
13171       break;
13172     }
13173   }
13174 
13175   if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
13176       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
13177     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
13178 
13179   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
13180   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
13181   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
13182   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
13183   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
13184   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13185       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
13186       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
13187       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
13188       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) &&
13189       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
13190       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
13191                                   var->getLocation())) {
13192     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
13193     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
13194     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
13195       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
13196 
13197     if (!prev) {
13198       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
13199       Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
13200           << /* variable */ 0;
13201     }
13202   }
13203 
13204   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
13205   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
13206   const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
13207   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
13208     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
13209       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
13210             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
13211     return *CacheHasConstInit;
13212   };
13213 
13214   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
13215     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
13216       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
13217       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
13218       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
13219       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
13220       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13221         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
13222     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
13223       if (!checkConstInit()) {
13224         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
13225         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
13226         //   initialization.
13227         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
13228         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
13229           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13230         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
13231           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
13232       }
13233     }
13234   }
13235 
13236 
13237   if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() &&
13238       isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) {
13239     const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit());
13240     unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits();
13241     if (NumInits > 2)
13242       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) {
13243         const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I);
13244         if (!Init)
13245           break;
13246         const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
13247         if (!SL)
13248           break;
13249 
13250         unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
13251         // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization.
13252         // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated
13253         // together. Do not warn for macros too.
13254         if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
13255           bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true;
13256           for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) {
13257             const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J);
13258             if (!Init)
13259               break;
13260             const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
13261             if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) {
13262               OnlyOneMissingComma = false;
13263               break;
13264             }
13265           }
13266 
13267           if (OnlyOneMissingComma) {
13268             SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints;
13269             for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i)
13270               Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
13271                   PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ","));
13272 
13273             Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1),
13274                  diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init)
13275                 << Hints;
13276             Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(),
13277                  diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence);
13278           }
13279           // In any case, stop now.
13280           break;
13281         }
13282       }
13283   }
13284 
13285 
13286   QualType type = var->getType();
13287 
13288   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
13289     getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
13290 
13291   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
13292   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
13293   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
13294   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
13295   bool HasConstInit = true;
13296 
13297   // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant.
13298   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !type->isDependentType() && Init &&
13299       !Init->isValueDependent() &&
13300       (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() ||
13301        var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) {
13302     // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in
13303     // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now.  We can't
13304     // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change
13305     // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined.
13306     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
13307     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13308       // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required,
13309       // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules
13310       // in [expr.const]p2-6.
13311       // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit /
13312       // -Wglobal-constructors.
13313       HasConstInit = checkConstInit();
13314 
13315       // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a
13316       // constant initializer.
13317       if (HasConstInit) {
13318         (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13319         Notes.clear();
13320       } else if (CacheCulprit) {
13321         Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
13322                            PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr));
13323         Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13324       }
13325     } else {
13326       // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer.
13327       HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13328     }
13329 
13330     if (HasConstInit) {
13331       // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr.
13332     } else if (var->isConstexpr()) {
13333       SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
13334       // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
13335       // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
13336       if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13337                                    diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13338         DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13339         Notes.clear();
13340       }
13341       Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
13342           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
13343       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
13344         Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
13345     } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
13346       auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
13347       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
13348           << Init->getSourceRange();
13349       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
13350           << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
13351       for (auto &it : Notes)
13352         Diag(it.first, it.second);
13353     } else if (IsGlobal &&
13354                !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
13355                                            var->getLocation())) {
13356       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
13357       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
13358       // warned about them.
13359       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13360       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
13361         // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in
13362         // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer
13363         // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor.
13364         if (!checkConstInit())
13365           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
13366               << Init->getSourceRange();
13367       }
13368     }
13369   }
13370 
13371   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
13372   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13373       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
13374     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
13375     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read;
13376     if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) {
13377       if (HasConstInit)
13378         Stack = &ConstSegStack;
13379       else {
13380         Stack = &BSSSegStack;
13381         SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13382       }
13383     } else if (var->hasInit() && HasConstInit) {
13384       Stack = &DataSegStack;
13385       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13386     } else {
13387       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
13388       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13389     }
13390     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13391       if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec)
13392         SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
13393       UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var);
13394     } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) {
13395       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
13396       auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString();
13397       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13398           Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation,
13399           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
13400       if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var))
13401         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
13402     }
13403 
13404     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
13405     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
13406     // attribute.
13407     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
13408       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
13409                                                CurInitSegLoc,
13410                                                AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13411   }
13412 
13413   // All the following checks are C++ only.
13414   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13415     // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
13416     // current module.
13417     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13418       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13419     return;
13420   }
13421 
13422   // Require the destructor.
13423   if (!type->isDependentType())
13424     if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
13425       FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
13426 
13427   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
13428   // module.
13429   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13430     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13431 
13432   // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration.
13433   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
13434     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
13435 }
13436 
13437 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
13438 /// dllexport/import function.
13439 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
13440   assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13441 
13442   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13443 
13444   // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
13445   while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
13446          !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
13447          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13448     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13449   }
13450 
13451   if (!FD)
13452     return;
13453 
13454   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
13455   if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
13456     auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
13457     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13458     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13459   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13460     auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13461     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13462     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13463 
13464     // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
13465     // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
13466     if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13467       FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13468 
13469   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13470     auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13471     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13472     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13473   }
13474 }
13475 
13476 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
13477 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
13478 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
13479   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
13480   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
13481 
13482   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
13483   if (!VD)
13484     return;
13485 
13486   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
13487   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13488       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13489     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
13490       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13491           Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
13492           PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation,
13493           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13494     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
13495       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13496           Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
13497           PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation,
13498           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13499     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
13500       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13501           Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
13502           PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation,
13503           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13504     if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid)
13505       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13506           Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName,
13507           PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation,
13508           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13509   }
13510 
13511   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
13512     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
13513       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
13514     }
13515   }
13516 
13517   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
13518 
13519   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
13520   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
13521   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
13522   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
13523     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
13524     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
13525     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !VD->hasDependentAlignment()) {
13526       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
13527       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
13528         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
13529           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
13530           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
13531       }
13532     }
13533   }
13534 
13535   if (VD->isStaticLocal())
13536     CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
13537 
13538   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
13539   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
13540   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
13541   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
13542   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
13543   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
13544     checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD);
13545 
13546   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
13547   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
13548 
13549   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
13550   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
13551     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
13552         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13553       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
13554       // with a warning.
13555       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
13556         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
13557       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
13558           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
13559           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
13560 
13561       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
13562            IsClassTemplateMember
13563                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
13564                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
13565       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
13566       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
13567         VD->setInvalidDecl();
13568     }
13569   }
13570 
13571   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
13572   // isn't exported with the variable.
13573   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
13574     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13575     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
13576       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13577       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
13578       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
13579       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
13580     } else {
13581       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
13582                                                                     << DLLAttr;
13583       VD->setInvalidDecl();
13584     }
13585   }
13586 
13587   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
13588     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13589       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
13590           << Attr;
13591       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
13592     }
13593   }
13594   if (RetainAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
13595     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13596       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
13597           << Attr;
13598       VD->dropAttr<RetainAttr>();
13599     }
13600   }
13601 
13602   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
13603   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
13604   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
13605   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
13606     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
13607 
13608   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
13609   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
13610     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
13611 
13612   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
13613   // tag values.
13614   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
13615       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
13616     return;
13617 
13618   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
13619     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
13620     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
13621       continue;
13622     }
13623     Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt;
13624     if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
13625       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13626            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
13627         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13628       continue;
13629     }
13630     if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) {
13631       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13632            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
13633         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13634       continue;
13635     }
13636     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue();
13637     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
13638                                MagicValue,
13639                                I->getMatchingCType(),
13640                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
13641                                I->getMustBeNull());
13642   }
13643 }
13644 
13645 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
13646   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
13647   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
13648 }
13649 
13650 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
13651                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13652   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
13653 
13654   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
13655     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
13656 
13657   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13658   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13659   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
13660   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
13661   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
13662 
13663   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13664     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
13665       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
13666       // to perform.
13667       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
13668         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
13669           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
13670         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
13671           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
13672         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
13673             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
13674           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
13675 
13676         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
13677           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
13678           // declaration in the same group.
13679           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
13680             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
13681                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
13682                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13683                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13684             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
13685           }
13686 
13687           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
13688           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
13689           // declarator in the same group.
13690           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
13691             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
13692                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
13693                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
13694                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
13695                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13696                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13697             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
13698           }
13699         }
13700       }
13701 
13702       Decls.push_back(D);
13703     }
13704   }
13705 
13706   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
13707     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
13708       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
13709       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
13710           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13711         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
13712     }
13713   }
13714 
13715   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
13716 }
13717 
13718 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
13719 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
13720 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
13721 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13722   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
13723   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
13724   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
13725   if (Group.size() > 1) {
13726     QualType Deduced;
13727     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
13728     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13729       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
13730       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
13731         break;
13732       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
13733       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
13734         continue;
13735       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
13736         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
13737         DeducedDecl = D;
13738       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
13739         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
13740         auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
13741                         diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
13742                    << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced
13743                    << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType()
13744                    << D->getDeclName();
13745         if (DeducedDecl->hasInit())
13746           Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13747         if (D->getInit())
13748           Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13749         D->setInvalidDecl();
13750         break;
13751       }
13752     }
13753   }
13754 
13755   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
13756 
13757   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
13758       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
13759 }
13760 
13761 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
13762   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
13763 }
13764 
13765 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13766   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
13767   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
13768     return;
13769 
13770   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
13771                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
13772       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
13773                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
13774     return;
13775 
13776   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
13777     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
13778     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
13779     // additional declaration references:
13780     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
13781     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
13782     //   'struct S *pS;'
13783     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
13784     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
13785     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
13786       Group = Group.slice(1);
13787     }
13788   }
13789 
13790   // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
13791   // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
13792   // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
13793   Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
13794 }
13795 
13796 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function
13797 /// parameters and non-type template parameters.
13798 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13799   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
13800   // parameter.
13801   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13802     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13803 
13804   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
13805   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
13806     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
13807       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
13808   }
13809 
13810   // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
13811   // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
13812   switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
13813   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
13814     break;
13815 
13816   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
13817   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
13818   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
13819   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
13820   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
13821   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
13822   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
13823     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
13824       << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
13825     break;
13826 
13827   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
13828   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
13829     // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
13830     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
13831     break;
13832   }
13833 }
13834 
13835 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
13836 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
13837 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13838   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
13839 
13840   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
13841 
13842   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
13843   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
13844   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
13845     SC = SC_Register;
13846     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
13847     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
13848     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13849       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13850            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
13851                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
13852         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
13853     }
13854   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13855              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
13856     SC = SC_Auto;
13857   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
13858     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13859          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
13860     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
13861   }
13862 
13863   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13864     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
13865       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13866   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
13867     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13868         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
13869   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
13870     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
13871         << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
13872 
13873   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
13874 
13875   CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
13876 
13877   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13878   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
13879 
13880   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
13881   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13882   if (II) {
13883     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
13884                    ForVisibleRedeclaration);
13885     LookupName(R, S);
13886     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
13887       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
13888       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13889         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13890         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13891         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13892         PrevDecl = nullptr;
13893       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13894         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
13895         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13896 
13897         // Recover by removing the name
13898         II = nullptr;
13899         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
13900         D.setInvalidType(true);
13901       }
13902     }
13903   }
13904 
13905   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
13906   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
13907   // looking like class members in C++.
13908   ParmVarDecl *New =
13909       CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
13910                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
13911 
13912   if (D.isInvalidType())
13913     New->setInvalidDecl();
13914 
13915   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
13916   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
13917   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
13918                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
13919 
13920   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
13921   S->AddDecl(New);
13922   if (II)
13923     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
13924 
13925   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
13926 
13927   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13928     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
13929         << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
13930         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
13931 
13932   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
13933     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
13934   }
13935 
13936   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
13937     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New);
13938 
13939   return New;
13940 }
13941 
13942 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
13943 /// typedef.
13944 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
13945                                               SourceLocation Loc,
13946                                               QualType T) {
13947   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
13948      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
13949      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
13950   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
13951                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
13952                                            SC_None, nullptr);
13953   Param->setImplicit();
13954   return Param;
13955 }
13956 
13957 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
13958   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
13959   // will already have done so in the template itself.
13960   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13961     return;
13962 
13963   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13964     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
13965         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
13966       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
13967         << Parameter->getDeclName();
13968     }
13969   }
13970 }
13971 
13972 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
13973     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
13974   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
13975     return;
13976 
13977   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13978   // threshold.
13979   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
13980     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
13981     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13982       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size;
13983   }
13984 
13985   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13986   // threshold.
13987   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13988     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
13989     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
13990       continue;
13991     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
13992     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13993       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
13994           << Parameter << Size;
13995   }
13996 }
13997 
13998 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
13999                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
14000                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
14001                                   StorageClass SC) {
14002   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
14003   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
14004       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
14005       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
14006 
14007     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
14008 
14009     // Special cases for arrays:
14010     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
14011     //   - otherwise, it's an error
14012     if (T->isArrayType()) {
14013       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
14014         if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
14015           DelayedDiagnostics.add(
14016               sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
14017               NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
14018         else
14019           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
14020               << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
14021       }
14022       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
14023     } else {
14024       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
14025     }
14026     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
14027   }
14028 
14029   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
14030                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
14031                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
14032 
14033   // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
14034   // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
14035   // lambda scope.
14036   if (New->isParameterPack())
14037     if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
14038       LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
14039 
14040   if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
14041       New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
14042     checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
14043                           NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
14044 
14045   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
14046   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
14047   // the class has been completely parsed.
14048   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
14049       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14050                              AbstractParamType))
14051     New->setInvalidDecl();
14052 
14053   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
14054   // passed by reference.
14055   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
14056     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
14057         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
14058     Diag(NameLoc,
14059          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
14060       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
14061     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
14062     New->setType(T);
14063   }
14064 
14065   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
14066   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
14067   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
14068   // an address space.
14069   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
14070       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
14071       // to be qualified with an address space.
14072       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
14073         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
14074     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
14075     New->setInvalidDecl();
14076   }
14077 
14078   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types.
14079   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
14080       CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) {
14081     New->setInvalidDecl();
14082   }
14083 
14084   return New;
14085 }
14086 
14087 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
14088                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
14089   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
14090 
14091   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
14092   // for a K&R function.
14093   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
14094     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
14095       --i;
14096       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
14097         SmallString<256> Code;
14098         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
14099             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
14100         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
14101             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
14102             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
14103 
14104         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
14105         // type.
14106         AttributeFactory attrs;
14107         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
14108         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
14109         unsigned DiagID; // unused
14110         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
14111                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
14112         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
14113         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
14114         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
14115         Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList);
14116         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
14117         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
14118       }
14119     }
14120   }
14121 }
14122 
14123 Decl *
14124 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
14125                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
14126                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14127   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
14128   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
14129   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
14130 
14131   // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and
14132   // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration
14133   // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards.
14134   // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare
14135   // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a
14136   // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the
14137   // `omp begin declare variant`.
14138   SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
14139   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
14140     ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
14141         ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases);
14142 
14143   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition);
14144   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
14145   Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
14146 
14147   if (!Bases.empty())
14148     ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases);
14149 
14150   return Dcl;
14151 }
14152 
14153 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
14154   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
14155 }
14156 
14157 static bool
14158 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
14159                                 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
14160   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
14161   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14162     return false;
14163 
14164   // Or declarations that aren't global.
14165   if (!FD->isGlobal())
14166     return false;
14167 
14168   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
14169   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
14170     return false;
14171 
14172   // Don't warn about 'main'.
14173   if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
14174     if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier())
14175       if (II->isStr("main") || II->isStr("efi_main"))
14176         return false;
14177 
14178   // Don't warn about inline functions.
14179   if (FD->isInlined())
14180     return false;
14181 
14182   // Don't warn about function templates.
14183   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
14184     return false;
14185 
14186   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
14187   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
14188     return false;
14189 
14190   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
14191   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
14192     return false;
14193 
14194   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
14195   if (FD->isDeleted())
14196     return false;
14197 
14198   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
14199        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
14200     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
14201     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
14202     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
14203       continue;
14204 
14205     PossiblePrototype = Prev;
14206     return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType();
14207   }
14208 
14209   return true;
14210 }
14211 
14212 void
14213 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
14214                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
14215                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14216   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
14217   if (!Definition &&
14218       !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true))
14219     return;
14220 
14221   if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
14222     if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
14223       if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
14224         // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
14225         // the same class, is OK.
14226         if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) &&
14227             declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()),
14228                                cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
14229           return;
14230       }
14231     }
14232   }
14233 
14234   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
14235     return;
14236 
14237   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
14238   // definition.
14239   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
14240     return;
14241 
14242   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
14243   // a template, skip the new definition.
14244   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
14245       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
14246        Definition->isInlined() ||
14247        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
14248        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
14249     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
14250     SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
14251     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
14252       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
14253     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
14254     return;
14255   }
14256 
14257   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
14258       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
14259     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
14260         << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
14261   else
14262     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD;
14263 
14264   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14265   FD->setInvalidDecl();
14266 }
14267 
14268 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
14269                                    Sema &S) {
14270   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
14271 
14272   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
14273   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
14274   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
14275   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
14276   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
14277 
14278   if (LCD == LCD_None)
14279     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
14280   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
14281     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
14282   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
14283     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
14284   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
14285 
14286   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
14287   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
14288 
14289   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
14290   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
14291   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
14292   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
14293     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
14294       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
14295       if (VD->isInitCapture())
14296         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
14297       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
14298       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
14299           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
14300           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
14301                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
14302           I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false);
14303 
14304     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
14305       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
14306                           C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
14307     } else {
14308       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
14309                              I->getType());
14310     }
14311     ++I;
14312   }
14313 }
14314 
14315 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
14316                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14317   if (!D) {
14318     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
14319     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
14320     PushFunctionScope();
14321     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14322     return D;
14323   }
14324 
14325   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
14326 
14327   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
14328     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
14329   else
14330     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
14331 
14332   // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
14333   // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
14334   if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
14335     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
14336         FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated
14337                           : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14338 
14339   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
14340   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
14341     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
14342     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
14343     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14344   }
14345   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
14346     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
14347     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
14348     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14349   }
14350 
14351   if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
14352     if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
14353         Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
14354         Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
14355       // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any
14356       // default arguments.
14357       InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor);
14358     }
14359   }
14360 
14361   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already
14362   // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set.
14363   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
14364       !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) {
14365     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
14366 
14367     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
14368     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
14369       return D;
14370   }
14371 
14372   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
14373   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
14374   // this function.
14375   FD->setWillHaveBody();
14376 
14377   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
14378   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
14379   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
14380   // LambdaScopeInfo.
14381   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
14382   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
14383   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
14384   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
14385   // have the LSI properly restored.
14386   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
14387     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
14388            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
14389            "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
14390     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
14391   } else {
14392     // Enter a new function scope
14393     PushFunctionScope();
14394   }
14395 
14396   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
14397   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14398     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
14399         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
14400       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
14401       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14402     }
14403   }
14404 
14405   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
14406   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
14407   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
14408   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
14409       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14410       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
14411                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
14412     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14413 
14414   if (FnBodyScope)
14415     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
14416 
14417   // Check the validity of our function parameters
14418   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
14419                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
14420 
14421   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
14422   // scope.
14423   if (FnBodyScope) {
14424     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
14425       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
14426       if (!NonParmDecl)
14427         continue;
14428       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
14429              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
14430 
14431       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
14432       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
14433         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14434 
14435       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
14436       // accessible in this scope.
14437       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
14438         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
14439           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14440       }
14441     }
14442   }
14443 
14444   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
14445   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
14446     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
14447 
14448     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
14449     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
14450       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
14451 
14452       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
14453     }
14454   }
14455 
14456   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
14457   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
14458     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
14459 
14460   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
14461   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
14462       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
14463     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
14464     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
14465     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14466     return D;
14467   }
14468   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
14469   // a function template).
14470   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
14471   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
14472       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
14473       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
14474     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
14475 
14476   return D;
14477 }
14478 
14479 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
14480 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
14481 /// optimization.
14482 ///
14483 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
14484 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
14485 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
14486 /// use the named return value optimization.
14487 ///
14488 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
14489 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
14490 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
14491 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
14492   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
14493 
14494   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
14495     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
14496       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
14497         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
14498     }
14499   }
14500 }
14501 
14502 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
14503   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
14504   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
14505     return false;
14506 
14507   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
14508   // return type (yet).
14509   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
14510     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
14511     // we can still delay parsing it.
14512     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
14513       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
14514       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
14515           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
14516         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
14517         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
14518       }
14519     }
14520     return false;
14521   }
14522 
14523   return true;
14524 }
14525 
14526 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
14527   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
14528   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
14529   // rest of the file.
14530   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
14531   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
14532   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
14533     if (FD->isConstexpr())
14534       return false;
14535     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
14536     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
14537     // "undeduced".
14538     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
14539       return false;
14540   }
14541   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
14542 }
14543 
14544 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
14545   if (!Decl)
14546     return nullptr;
14547   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
14548     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
14549   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
14550     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
14551   return Decl;
14552 }
14553 
14554 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
14555   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
14556 }
14557 
14558 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
14559 /// body.
14560 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
14561 public:
14562   ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
14563   ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
14564     if (!IsLambda)
14565       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
14566   }
14567 
14568 private:
14569   Sema &S;
14570   bool IsLambda = false;
14571 };
14572 
14573 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
14574   llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
14575 
14576   auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
14577     if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
14578       return EscapeInfo[BD];
14579 
14580     bool R = false;
14581     const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
14582 
14583     do {
14584       R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
14585       if (R)
14586         break;
14587       CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
14588     } while (CurBD);
14589 
14590     return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
14591   };
14592 
14593   // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
14594   // block, emit a diagnostic.
14595   for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
14596        S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
14597     if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
14598       S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
14599           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
14600 }
14601 
14602 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
14603                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
14604   FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction();
14605   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
14606 
14607   if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && FD && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>())
14608     FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
14609 
14610   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
14611   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
14612 
14613   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine())
14614     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
14615 
14616   {
14617     // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because
14618     // one is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr().
14619     // This is meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
14620     ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
14621 
14622     if (FD) {
14623       FD->setBody(Body);
14624       FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
14625 
14626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
14627         if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
14628             FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
14629           // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
14630           // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
14631           // the deduced result type is 'void'.
14632           if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
14633             Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
14634                 << FD->getReturnType();
14635             FD->setInvalidDecl();
14636           } else {
14637             // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
14638             TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
14639             Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
14640                 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
14641           }
14642         }
14643       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
14644         // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
14645         // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
14646         auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
14647         if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
14648           deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
14649 
14650           // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
14651           //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
14652           //   [the deduced type is] the type void
14653           QualType RetType =
14654               LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
14655 
14656           // Update the return type to the deduced type.
14657           const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14658           FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
14659                                               Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
14660         }
14661       }
14662 
14663       // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
14664       // don't complain about missing return statements.
14665       if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
14666         WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
14667 
14668       // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
14669       // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
14670       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
14671         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
14672 
14673       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14674         // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
14675         if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody())
14676           DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
14677         DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
14678                                                FD->getReturnType(), FD);
14679 
14680         // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
14681         if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
14682           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
14683         else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
14684                      dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
14685           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
14686 
14687         // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
14688         // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
14689         // to deduce an implicit return type.
14690         if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
14691             (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
14692           computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14693       }
14694 
14695       // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
14696       //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
14697       //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
14698       //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
14699       //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
14700       const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
14701       if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
14702         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
14703 
14704         if (PossiblePrototype) {
14705           // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
14706           // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
14707           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
14708             TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14709             if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
14710               Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
14711                    diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
14712                   << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
14713                   << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
14714                                                     FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
14715                                               : FixItHint{});
14716           }
14717         } else {
14718           // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`.
14719           auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM,
14720                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
14721             std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
14722             if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid())
14723               return false;
14724 
14725             bool Invalid = false;
14726             StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
14727             if (Invalid)
14728               return false;
14729 
14730             if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size())
14731               return false;
14732 
14733             const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second;
14734             StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second);
14735 
14736             return StartTok.consume_front("const") &&
14737                    (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) ||
14738                     StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//"));
14739           };
14740 
14741           auto findBeginLoc = [&]() {
14742             // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert
14743             // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename).
14744             if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
14745                  FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) ||
14746                 FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) {
14747               // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is.
14748 
14749               if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(),
14750                                getLangOpts()))
14751 
14752                 return FD->getBeginLoc();
14753             }
14754             return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
14755           };
14756           Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
14757                diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
14758               << /* function */ 1
14759               << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
14760                       ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ")
14761                       : FixItHint{});
14762         }
14763 
14764         // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
14765         //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
14766         //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not
14767         //   provide a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a
14768         //   prototype.
14769         if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) {
14770           TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
14771           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14772           FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
14773           Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
14774         }
14775       }
14776 
14777       // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
14778       if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
14779         if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
14780           if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
14781             Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
14782                  diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
14783 
14784       if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
14785         const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
14786         if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
14787             MD->isVirtual() &&
14788             (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
14789             MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
14790           // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
14791           if (FD->isInlined() &&
14792               !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
14793             Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
14794 
14795             // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
14796             // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
14797             KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
14798             const FunctionDecl *Definition;
14799             if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
14800               MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14801           } else {
14802             // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
14803             MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14804           }
14805         }
14806       }
14807 
14808       assert(
14809           (FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
14810           "Function parsing confused");
14811     } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
14812       assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
14813       MD->setBody(Body);
14814       if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14815         DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
14816                                                MD->getReturnType(), MD);
14817 
14818         if (Body)
14819           computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14820       }
14821       if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
14822         Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
14823             << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
14824         FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
14825       }
14826       if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
14827         const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
14828         bool isDesignated =
14829             MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
14830         assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
14831         (void)isDesignated;
14832 
14833         auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
14834           auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
14835           if (!IFace)
14836             return false;
14837           auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
14838           if (!SuperD)
14839             return false;
14840           return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
14841                  NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
14842         };
14843         // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
14844         // of NSObject.
14845         if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
14846           Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14847                diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
14848           Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
14849                diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
14850         }
14851         FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
14852       }
14853       if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
14854         // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
14855         if (!MD->isUnavailable())
14856           Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14857                diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
14858         FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
14859       }
14860 
14861       diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
14862     } else {
14863       // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
14864       // we pushed on.
14865       PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14866       return nullptr;
14867     }
14868 
14869     if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
14870       DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
14871 
14872     assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
14873            "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
14874            "handled in the block above.");
14875 
14876     // Verify and clean out per-function state.
14877     if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
14878       // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
14879       // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
14880       // Verify this.
14881       if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
14882         DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
14883 
14884       // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
14885       if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() && !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
14886         DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
14887 
14888       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
14889         if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
14890           CheckDestructor(Destructor);
14891 
14892         MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
14893                                                Destructor->getParent());
14894       }
14895 
14896       // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14897       // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up
14898       // for deletion in some later function.
14899       if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() ||
14900           getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
14901         DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14902       }
14903       if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
14904         // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
14905         // enabled.
14906         ActivePolicy = &WP;
14907       }
14908 
14909       if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14910           !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
14911         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14912 
14913       if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
14914         for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
14915           // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
14916           // require prologue.
14917           bool RegisterVariables = false;
14918           if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
14919             for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
14920               if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
14921                 RegisterVariables =
14922                     Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
14923                 if (!RegisterVariables)
14924                   break;
14925               }
14926             }
14927           }
14928           if (RegisterVariables)
14929             continue;
14930           if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
14931             Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
14932             Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
14933             FD->setInvalidDecl();
14934             break;
14935           }
14936         }
14937       }
14938 
14939       assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
14940                  ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
14941              "Leftover temporaries in function");
14942       assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
14943              "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
14944       assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
14945              "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
14946     }
14947   } // Pops the ExitFunctionBodyRAII scope, which needs to happen before we pop
14948     // the declaration context below. Otherwise, we're unable to transform
14949     // 'this' expressions when transforming immediate context functions.
14950 
14951   if (!IsInstantiation)
14952     PopDeclContext();
14953 
14954   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14955   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14956   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14957   // deletion in some later function.
14958   if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) {
14959     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14960   }
14961 
14962   if (FD && ((LangOpts.OpenMP && (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice ||
14963                                   !LangOpts.OMPTargetTriples.empty())) ||
14964              LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) {
14965     auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD);
14966     if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted ||
14967         ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown)
14968       DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.insert(FD);
14969   }
14970 
14971   if (FD && !FD->isDeleted())
14972     checkTypeSupport(FD->getType(), FD->getLocation(), FD);
14973 
14974   return dcl;
14975 }
14976 
14977 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
14978 /// relevant Decl.
14979 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
14980                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14981   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
14982   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
14983     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
14984   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
14985 
14986   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
14987     if (Method->isStatic())
14988       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
14989 }
14990 
14991 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
14992 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
14993 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
14994                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
14995   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
14996   // DeclContext.
14997   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
14998   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
14999   // instead.
15000   Scope *BlockScope = S;
15001   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
15002     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
15003 
15004   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
15005   while (!ContextScope->getEntity())
15006     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
15007   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
15008 
15009   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
15010   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
15011   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
15012   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
15013   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
15014   if (ExternCPrev) {
15015     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
15016     // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
15017     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
15018 
15019     // C89 footnote 38:
15020     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
15021     //   the behavior is undefined.
15022     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
15023         !Context.typesAreCompatible(
15024             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
15025             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
15026       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
15027           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
15028       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15029       return ExternCPrev;
15030     }
15031   }
15032 
15033   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
15034   unsigned diag_id;
15035   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
15036     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
15037   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
15038   else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
15039     diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl;
15040   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
15041     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
15042   else
15043     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
15044 
15045   TypoCorrection Corrected;
15046   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
15047   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
15048   //
15049   // Perform the corection before issuing the main diagnostic, as some consumers
15050   // use typo-correction callbacks to enhance the main diagnostic.
15051   if (S && !ExternCPrev &&
15052       (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error)) {
15053     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
15054     Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
15055                             S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError);
15056   }
15057 
15058   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
15059   if (Corrected)
15060     diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
15061                  /*ErrorRecovery*/ false);
15062 
15063   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
15064   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
15065   // more to do.
15066   if (ExternCPrev)
15067     return ExternCPrev;
15068 
15069   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
15070   const char *Dummy;
15071   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
15072   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
15073   unsigned DiagID;
15074   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
15075                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
15076   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
15077   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
15078   SourceLocation NoLoc;
15079   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block);
15080   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
15081                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
15082                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
15083                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
15084                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
15085                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
15086                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
15087                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
15088                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
15089                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
15090                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
15091                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
15092                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
15093                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
15094                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
15095                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
15096                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc,
15097                                              Loc, D),
15098                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
15099   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
15100 
15101   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
15102   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
15103   FD->setImplicit();
15104 
15105   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
15106 
15107   return FD;
15108 }
15109 
15110 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function
15111 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]),
15112 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard.
15113 ///
15114 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
15115 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
15116 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
15117     FunctionDecl *FD) {
15118   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
15119     return;
15120 
15121   if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New &&
15122       FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New)
15123     return;
15124 
15125   Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
15126   bool IsNothrow = false;
15127   if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow))
15128     return;
15129 
15130   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
15131   //   An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification
15132   //   indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation
15133   //   function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by
15134   //   throwing an exception [...]
15135   if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>())
15136     FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15137 
15138   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
15139   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
15140   //   storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a
15141   //   replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different
15142   //   from any previously returned value p1 [...]
15143   //
15144   // However, this particular information is being added in codegen,
15145   // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new)
15146 
15147   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
15148   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
15149   //   storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a
15150   //   block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the
15151   //   requested size.
15152   if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) {
15153     FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
15154         Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD),
15155         /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
15156   }
15157 
15158   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
15159   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
15160   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
15161   //   (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type
15162   //         std​::​align_­val_­t, the storage will have the alignment
15163   //         specified by the value of this argument.
15164   if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
15165     FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(
15166         Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation()));
15167   }
15168 
15169   // FIXME:
15170   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
15171   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
15172   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
15173   //   (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[],
15174   //         the storage is aligned for any object that does not have
15175   //         new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the
15176   //         requested size.
15177   //   (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not
15178   //         have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size.
15179 }
15180 
15181 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
15182 /// the declaration of this function.
15183 ///
15184 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
15185 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
15186 /// like NSLog or printf.
15187 ///
15188 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
15189 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
15190 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
15191   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
15192     return;
15193 
15194   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
15195   // actual attributes.
15196   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
15197     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
15198     unsigned FormatIdx;
15199     bool HasVAListArg;
15200     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
15201       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
15202         const char *fmt = "printf";
15203         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
15204         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
15205             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
15206           fmt = "NSString";
15207         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15208                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
15209                                                FormatIdx+1,
15210                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
15211                                                FD->getLocation()));
15212       }
15213     }
15214     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
15215                                              HasVAListArg)) {
15216      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
15217        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15218                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
15219                                               FormatIdx+1,
15220                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
15221                                               FD->getLocation()));
15222     }
15223 
15224     // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
15225     SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
15226     if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
15227         Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
15228       FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
15229           Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
15230 
15231     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
15232     // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
15233     // intrinsics for such functions.
15234     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
15235         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
15236       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15237 
15238     // We make "fma" on GNU or Windows const because we know it does not set
15239     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
15240     // C standard.
15241     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
15242     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
15243         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
15244       switch (BuiltinID) {
15245       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
15246       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
15247       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
15248       case Builtin::BIfma:
15249       case Builtin::BIfmaf:
15250       case Builtin::BIfmal:
15251         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15252         break;
15253       default:
15254         break;
15255       }
15256     }
15257 
15258     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
15259         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
15260       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15261                                          FD->getLocation()));
15262     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
15263       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15264     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
15265       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15266     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
15267       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15268     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
15269         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
15270       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
15271       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
15272       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
15273       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
15274           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
15275         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15276       else
15277         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15278     }
15279 
15280     // Add known guaranteed alignment for allocation functions.
15281     switch (BuiltinID) {
15282     case Builtin::BIaligned_alloc:
15283       if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>())
15284         FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
15285                                                    FD->getLocation()));
15286       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
15287     case Builtin::BIcalloc:
15288     case Builtin::BImalloc:
15289     case Builtin::BImemalign:
15290     case Builtin::BIrealloc:
15291     case Builtin::BIstrdup:
15292     case Builtin::BIstrndup: {
15293       if (!FD->hasAttr<AssumeAlignedAttr>()) {
15294         unsigned NewAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign() /
15295                             Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15296         IntegerLiteral *Alignment = IntegerLiteral::Create(
15297             Context, Context.MakeIntValue(NewAlign, Context.UnsignedIntTy),
15298             Context.UnsignedIntTy, FD->getLocation());
15299         FD->addAttr(AssumeAlignedAttr::CreateImplicit(
15300             Context, Alignment, /*Offset=*/nullptr, FD->getLocation()));
15301       }
15302       break;
15303     }
15304     default:
15305       break;
15306     }
15307   }
15308 
15309   AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD);
15310 
15311   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
15312   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
15313   // across.
15314   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
15315       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
15316     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
15317     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
15318       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15319   }
15320 
15321   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
15322   if (!Name)
15323     return;
15324   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15325        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
15326       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
15327        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
15328        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
15329     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
15330     // about.
15331   } else
15332     return;
15333 
15334   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
15335     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
15336     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
15337     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
15338       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15339                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
15340                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
15341                                              FD->getLocation()));
15342   }
15343 
15344   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
15345     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
15346     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
15347     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
15348       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
15349                                                 FD->getLocation()));
15350   }
15351 }
15352 
15353 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
15354                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
15355   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
15356   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
15357 
15358   if (!TInfo) {
15359     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
15360     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
15361   }
15362 
15363   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
15364   TypedefDecl *NewTD =
15365       TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
15366                           D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
15367 
15368   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
15369   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
15370     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
15371     return NewTD;
15372   }
15373 
15374   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
15375     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
15376       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
15377           << 2 << NewTD
15378           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
15379           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
15380                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
15381     else
15382       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
15383   }
15384 
15385   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
15386   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
15387   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
15388   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
15389   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
15390   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
15391   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
15392   case TST_enum:
15393   case TST_struct:
15394   case TST_interface:
15395   case TST_union:
15396   case TST_class: {
15397     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
15398     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
15399     break;
15400   }
15401 
15402   default:
15403     break;
15404   }
15405 
15406   return NewTD;
15407 }
15408 
15409 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
15410 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
15411   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
15412   QualType T = TI->getType();
15413 
15414   if (T->isDependentType())
15415     return false;
15416 
15417   // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning
15418   // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C.
15419   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
15420     if (BT->isInteger())
15421       return false;
15422 
15423   if (T->isBitIntType())
15424     return false;
15425 
15426   return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
15427 }
15428 
15429 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
15430 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
15431 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
15432                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
15433                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
15434   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
15435     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
15436       << Prev->isScoped();
15437     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15438     return true;
15439   }
15440 
15441   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
15442     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
15443         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
15444         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
15445                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
15446       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
15447       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
15448         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
15449       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
15450           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
15451       return true;
15452     }
15453   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
15454     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
15455       << Prev->isFixed();
15456     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15457     return true;
15458   }
15459 
15460   return false;
15461 }
15462 
15463 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
15464 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
15465 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
15466 ///
15467 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
15468 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
15469   switch (Tag) {
15470   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
15471   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
15472   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
15473   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
15474   }
15475 }
15476 
15477 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
15478 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
15479 ///
15480 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
15481 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
15482 {
15483   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
15484 }
15485 
15486 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
15487                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
15488   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
15489     return NTK_Typedef;
15490   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
15491     return NTK_TypeAlias;
15492   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15493     return NTK_Template;
15494   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15495     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
15496   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
15497     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
15498   switch (TTK) {
15499   case TTK_Struct:
15500   case TTK_Interface:
15501   case TTK_Class:
15502     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
15503   case TTK_Union:
15504     return NTK_NonUnion;
15505   case TTK_Enum:
15506     return NTK_NonEnum;
15507   }
15508   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
15509 }
15510 
15511 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
15512 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
15513 ///
15514 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
15515 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
15516                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
15517                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
15518                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
15519   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
15520   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
15521   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
15522   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
15523   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
15524   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
15525   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
15526   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
15527   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
15528   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
15529   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
15530   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
15531   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
15532   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15533   if (OldTag != NewTag &&
15534       !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
15535     return false;
15536 
15537   // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
15538   // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
15539   if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
15540     return true;
15541 
15542   // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
15543   // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
15544   // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
15545   // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
15546   // declarations.
15547   auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
15548     return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
15549                                       Loc);
15550   };
15551   if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
15552     return true;
15553 
15554   auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
15555     return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
15556   };
15557   while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
15558     Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
15559     if (!Previous)
15560       return true;
15561     OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15562   }
15563 
15564   bool isTemplate = false;
15565   if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
15566     isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
15567 
15568   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
15569     if (OldTag != NewTag) {
15570       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
15571       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
15572       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15573         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15574         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15575       // FIXME: Note previous location?
15576     }
15577     return true;
15578   }
15579 
15580   if (isDefinition) {
15581     // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
15582     // one that doesn't match the current tag.
15583     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
15584       // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
15585       return true;
15586     }
15587 
15588     bool previousMismatch = false;
15589     for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
15590       if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15591         // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
15592         if (IsIgnored(I))
15593           continue;
15594 
15595         if (!previousMismatch) {
15596           previousMismatch = true;
15597           Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
15598             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15599             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
15600         }
15601         Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15602           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
15603           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
15604                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
15605       }
15606     }
15607     return true;
15608   }
15609 
15610   // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
15611   // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
15612   // (non-ignored) declaration.
15613   const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
15614   if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
15615     PrevDef = nullptr;
15616   const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
15617   if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15618     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15619       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15620       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15621     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15622 
15623     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
15624     if (PrevDef) {
15625       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15626         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
15627         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
15628              TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
15629     }
15630   }
15631 
15632   return true;
15633 }
15634 
15635 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
15636 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
15637 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
15638 ///   namespace N {
15639 ///     struct X;
15640 ///     namespace M {
15641 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
15642 ///     }
15643 ///   }
15644 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
15645                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15646   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
15647   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
15648   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
15649   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
15650   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15651   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
15652     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
15653     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
15654     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
15655     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
15656       return FixItHint();
15657     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
15658     Namespaces.push_back(II);
15659     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
15660         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
15661     if (Lookup == Namespace)
15662       break;
15663   }
15664 
15665   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
15666   // build an NNS.
15667   SmallString<64> Insertion;
15668   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
15669   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
15670     OS << "::";
15671   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
15672   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
15673     OS << II->getName() << "::";
15674   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
15675 }
15676 
15677 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
15678 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
15679 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
15680 /// using-declaration).
15681 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
15682                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
15683   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
15684   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
15685 
15686   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
15687     return true;
15688 
15689   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
15690   // encloses the other).
15691   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
15692       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
15693     return true;
15694 
15695   return false;
15696 }
15697 
15698 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
15699 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
15700 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
15701 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
15702 ///
15703 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
15704 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
15705 ///
15706 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
15707 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
15708 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
15709                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
15710                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
15711                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
15712                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
15713                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
15714                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
15715                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
15716                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
15717                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
15718                      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
15719   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
15720   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
15721   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
15722          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
15723   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
15724 
15725   OwnedDecl = false;
15726   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
15727   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
15728 
15729   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
15730   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
15731   bool Invalid = false;
15732 
15733   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
15734   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
15735   // for non-C++ cases.
15736   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
15737       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
15738     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
15739             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
15740                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
15741                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
15742       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15743         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
15744         return nullptr;
15745       }
15746 
15747       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
15748         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
15749         // be a member of another template).
15750 
15751         if (Invalid)
15752           return nullptr;
15753 
15754         OwnedDecl = false;
15755         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
15756             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
15757             AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
15758             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
15759             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
15760         return Result.get();
15761       } else {
15762         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
15763         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
15764           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
15765         isMemberSpecialization = true;
15766       }
15767     }
15768 
15769     if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
15770         CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back()))
15771       return nullptr;
15772   }
15773 
15774   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
15775   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
15776   // redeclaration.
15777   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
15778   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
15779 
15780   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15781     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
15782       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
15783       // type, default to int.
15784       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15785     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
15786       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
15787       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
15788       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
15789       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
15790       EnumUnderlying = TI;
15791 
15792       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
15793         // Recover by falling back to int.
15794         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15795 
15796       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
15797                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
15798         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15799 
15800     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
15801       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
15802       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
15803       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
15804       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
15805       if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15806         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15807     }
15808   }
15809 
15810   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
15811   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
15812   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
15813   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
15814 
15815   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
15816   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
15817     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
15818 
15819   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
15820   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
15821   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
15822   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
15823     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
15824     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
15825     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
15826     // keyword.
15827     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
15828     TagDecl *New = nullptr;
15829 
15830     if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15831       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
15832                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
15833       // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
15834       if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
15835         return nullptr;
15836       if (EnumUnderlying) {
15837         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15838         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
15839           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
15840         else
15841           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
15842         ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
15843       }
15844     } else { // struct/union
15845       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15846                                nullptr);
15847     }
15848 
15849     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
15850       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
15851       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
15852       //
15853       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
15854       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
15855       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
15856       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
15857       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
15858       // parsing of the struct).
15859       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
15860         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
15861         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
15862       }
15863     }
15864     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
15865     return New;
15866   };
15867 
15868   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
15869   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
15870     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
15871 
15872     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
15873     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
15874       Name = nullptr;
15875       goto CreateNewDecl;
15876     }
15877 
15878     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
15879     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
15880     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15881       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
15882       if (!DC) {
15883         IsDependent = true;
15884         return nullptr;
15885       }
15886     } else {
15887       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
15888       if (!DC) {
15889         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
15890           << SS.getRange();
15891         return nullptr;
15892       }
15893     }
15894 
15895     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
15896       return nullptr;
15897 
15898     SearchDC = DC;
15899     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
15900     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
15901 
15902     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15903       return nullptr;
15904 
15905     if (Previous.empty()) {
15906       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
15907       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
15908       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
15909       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
15910       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
15911       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
15912       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
15913           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
15914         IsDependent = true;
15915         return nullptr;
15916       }
15917 
15918       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
15919       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
15920         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
15921       Name = nullptr;
15922       Invalid = true;
15923       goto CreateNewDecl;
15924     }
15925   } else if (Name) {
15926     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
15927     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
15928     //   name different from T:
15929     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
15930     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15931         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
15932       return nullptr;
15933 
15934     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
15935     // declaration or definition.
15936     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
15937     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
15938     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
15939     LookupName(Previous, S);
15940 
15941     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
15942     // by types using'ed into this scope.
15943     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
15944         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
15945       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15946       while (F.hasNext()) {
15947         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15948         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
15949                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
15950           F.erase();
15951       }
15952       F.done();
15953     }
15954 
15955     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
15956     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
15957     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
15958     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
15959     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
15960     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
15961     //
15962     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
15963     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
15964     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
15965     //
15966     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
15967     // semantic context?
15968     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15969       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15970       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15971       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
15972       while (F.hasNext()) {
15973         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15974         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15975         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
15976             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
15977           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15978             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
15979           else
15980             F.erase();
15981         }
15982       }
15983       F.done();
15984 
15985       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
15986       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
15987       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
15988         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15989         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
15990             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
15991       }
15992     }
15993 
15994     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
15995     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15996       return nullptr;
15997 
15998     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
15999       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
16000       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
16001       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
16002       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
16003       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
16004         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
16005     }
16006   }
16007 
16008   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
16009       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
16010     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
16011     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
16012     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
16013     Previous.clear();
16014   }
16015 
16016   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
16017       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
16018     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
16019       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
16020       isStdBadAlloc = true;
16021 
16022       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
16023       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
16024       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
16025       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
16026         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
16027     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
16028       isStdAlignValT = true;
16029       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
16030         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
16031     }
16032   }
16033 
16034   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
16035   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
16036   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
16037   // there's a shadow friend decl.
16038   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
16039       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
16040     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
16041     assert(SS.isEmpty());
16042 
16043     if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
16044       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
16045       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
16046       //
16047       //          class-key identifier
16048       //
16049       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
16050       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
16051       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
16052       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
16053       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
16054       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
16055       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
16056       //      declaration.
16057       //
16058       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
16059       // C structs and unions.
16060       //
16061       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
16062       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
16063       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
16064       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
16065       //
16066       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
16067       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
16068       //
16069       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
16070       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
16071       // lexical context,
16072       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
16073 
16074       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
16075       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
16076     } else {
16077       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
16078       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
16079       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
16080       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
16081       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
16082       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
16083     }
16084 
16085     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
16086     // diagnose some problems.
16087     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
16088     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
16089     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
16090     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
16091     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16092       // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts,
16093       // which are meaningless.
16094       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
16095       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
16096     } else {
16097       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
16098       LookupName(Previous, S);
16099     }
16100   }
16101 
16102   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
16103   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
16104     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
16105 
16106   if (!Previous.empty()) {
16107     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
16108     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
16109 
16110     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
16111     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
16112     // with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen in C++.
16113     //
16114     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
16115     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
16116     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
16117     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
16118     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16119       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16120         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
16121           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
16122           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
16123               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
16124                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
16125             PrevDecl = Tag;
16126             Previous.clear();
16127             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
16128             Previous.resolveKind();
16129           }
16130         }
16131       }
16132     }
16133 
16134     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
16135     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
16136     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
16137     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
16138       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
16139       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
16140           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
16141           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
16142                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
16143         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
16144         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
16145              diag::note_using_decl_target);
16146         Diag(Shadow->getIntroducer()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
16147             << 0;
16148         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
16149         Previous.clear();
16150         goto CreateNewDecl;
16151       }
16152     }
16153 
16154     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16155       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
16156       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
16157       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
16158       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
16159           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
16160                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
16161         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
16162         // struct or something similar.
16163         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
16164                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
16165                                           Name)) {
16166           bool SafeToContinue
16167             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
16168                Kind != TTK_Enum);
16169           if (SafeToContinue)
16170             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
16171               << Name
16172               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
16173                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
16174           else
16175             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
16176           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
16177 
16178           if (SafeToContinue)
16179             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
16180           else {
16181             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
16182             Name = nullptr;
16183             Previous.clear();
16184             Invalid = true;
16185           }
16186         }
16187 
16188         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
16189           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
16190           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)
16191             return PrevTagDecl;
16192 
16193           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
16194           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16195             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
16196           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
16197             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
16198 
16199           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
16200           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
16201           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
16202           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
16203                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
16204                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum))
16205             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
16206         }
16207 
16208         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
16209         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
16210         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
16211         //   and then later defined.
16212         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
16213             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
16214           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
16215           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16216         }
16217 
16218         if (!Invalid) {
16219           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
16220           // we have attributes.
16221           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16222             if (!Attrs.empty()) {
16223               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
16224               // declaration to hold them.
16225             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
16226                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
16227                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
16228                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
16229                        SS.isEmpty()) {
16230               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
16231               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
16232               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
16233               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
16234               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
16235               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
16236               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
16237               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
16238                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
16239                 return PrevTagDecl;
16240               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
16241               // that scope.
16242               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
16243             } else {
16244               return PrevTagDecl;
16245             }
16246           }
16247 
16248           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
16249           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16250             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
16251               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
16252               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
16253               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
16254               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
16255               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
16256                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
16257                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
16258                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
16259                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
16260                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
16261                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
16262                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
16263                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
16264               }
16265 
16266               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
16267               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
16268               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
16269               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
16270               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
16271               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
16272                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
16273                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
16274                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
16275                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
16276                 // use it in place of this one.
16277                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16278                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
16279                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
16280                   // comparison.
16281                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
16282                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
16283                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
16284                   return Def;
16285                 } else {
16286                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
16287                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
16288                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
16289                   // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
16290                   // skip starting the definitiion later.
16291                 }
16292               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
16293                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
16294                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
16295                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
16296                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
16297                 else
16298                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
16299                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
16300                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
16301                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
16302                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
16303                 // references get the previous definition.
16304                 Name = nullptr;
16305                 Previous.clear();
16306                 Invalid = true;
16307               }
16308             } else {
16309               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
16310               // about a nested redefinition.
16311               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
16312               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
16313                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
16314                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
16315                      diag::note_previous_definition);
16316                 Name = nullptr;
16317                 Previous.clear();
16318                 Invalid = true;
16319               }
16320             }
16321 
16322             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
16323             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
16324           }
16325 
16326           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
16327           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
16328           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
16329           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
16330             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
16331             AS = AS_none;
16332           }
16333         }
16334         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
16335         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
16336 
16337       } else {
16338         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
16339         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
16340         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
16341         // have distinct types.
16342         Previous.clear();
16343       }
16344       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
16345       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
16346       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
16347 
16348     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
16349     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
16350     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
16351     } else {
16352       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
16353       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
16354       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
16355       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
16356           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
16357         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
16358         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
16359                                                        << Kind;
16360         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
16361         Invalid = true;
16362 
16363       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
16364       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
16365                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
16366         // do nothing
16367 
16368       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
16369       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16370         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
16371         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
16372         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16373         Invalid = true;
16374 
16375       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
16376       // case here.
16377       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16378         unsigned Kind = 0;
16379         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
16380         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
16381           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
16382         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16383         Invalid = true;
16384 
16385       // Otherwise, diagnose.
16386       } else {
16387         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
16388         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
16389         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
16390         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
16391         Name = nullptr;
16392         Invalid = true;
16393       }
16394 
16395       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
16396       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
16397       Previous.clear();
16398     }
16399   }
16400 
16401 CreateNewDecl:
16402 
16403   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16404   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
16405     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
16406 
16407   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
16408   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
16409   // keyword.
16410   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
16411 
16412   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
16413   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
16414   // PrevDecl.
16415   TagDecl *New;
16416 
16417   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
16418     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16419     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
16420     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16421                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
16422                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
16423 
16424     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
16425       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16426 
16427     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
16428     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
16429       TagDecl *Def;
16430       if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
16431         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
16432         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
16433       }
16434       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
16435         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
16436           << New;
16437         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16438       } else {
16439         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
16440         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
16441           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
16442         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
16443           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
16444         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
16445       }
16446     }
16447 
16448     if (EnumUnderlying) {
16449       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16450       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16451         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
16452       else
16453         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
16454       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
16455       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete");
16456     }
16457   } else {
16458     // struct/union/class
16459 
16460     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16461     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
16462     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16463       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
16464       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16465                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16466 
16467       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
16468         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
16469     } else
16470       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16471                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16472   }
16473 
16474   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
16475   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
16476   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
16477       TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16478     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
16479       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16480     Invalid = true;
16481   }
16482 
16483   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
16484       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
16485     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
16486       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16487     Invalid = true;
16488   }
16489 
16490   // Maybe add qualifier info.
16491   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
16492     if (SS.isSet()) {
16493       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
16494       // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
16495       if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
16496           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
16497                                        isMemberSpecialization))
16498         Invalid = true;
16499 
16500       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
16501       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
16502         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
16503       }
16504     }
16505     else
16506       Invalid = true;
16507   }
16508 
16509   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
16510     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
16511     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
16512     //
16513     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
16514     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
16515     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
16516     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
16517     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
16518     // parsing of the struct).
16519     if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
16520       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
16521       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
16522     }
16523   }
16524 
16525   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
16526     if (isMemberSpecialization)
16527       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
16528         << 2
16529         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
16530     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
16531     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
16532     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
16533     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
16534       New->setModulePrivate();
16535   }
16536 
16537   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
16538   // check the specialization.
16539   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
16540     Invalid = true;
16541 
16542   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
16543   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
16544   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
16545   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
16546       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
16547     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16548       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
16549       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
16550       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
16551         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
16552             << Name;
16553         Invalid = true;
16554       }
16555     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
16556       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16557     }
16558   }
16559 
16560   if (Invalid)
16561     New->setInvalidDecl();
16562 
16563   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
16564   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
16565   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
16566 
16567   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
16568   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
16569   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
16570   // the tag name visible.
16571   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
16572     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
16573 
16574   // Set the access specifier.
16575   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
16576     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
16577 
16578   if (PrevDecl)
16579     CheckRedeclarationInModule(New, PrevDecl);
16580 
16581   if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
16582     New->startDefinition();
16583 
16584   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
16585   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
16586 
16587   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
16588   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16589     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
16590     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
16591     if (PrevDecl)
16592       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
16593 
16594     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
16595     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
16596     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
16597       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
16598         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
16599   } else if (Name) {
16600     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
16601     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
16602   } else {
16603     CurContext->addDecl(New);
16604   }
16605 
16606   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
16607   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
16608     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
16609         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
16610         II->isStr("FILE"))
16611       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
16612 
16613   if (PrevDecl)
16614     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
16615 
16616   if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New))
16617     inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
16618 
16619   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16620   // record.
16621   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
16622 
16623   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
16624     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
16625 
16626   OwnedDecl = true;
16627   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
16628   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
16629   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16630     if (New->isBeingDefined())
16631       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
16632         RD->completeDefinition();
16633     return nullptr;
16634   } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
16635     return SkipBody->Previous;
16636   } else {
16637     return New;
16638   }
16639 }
16640 
16641 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16642   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16643   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16644 
16645   // Enter the tag context.
16646   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
16647 
16648   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
16649 
16650   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16651   // record.
16652   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
16653 }
16654 
16655 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
16656                                     SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
16657   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
16658     return false;
16659 
16660   // Make the previous decl visible.
16661   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
16662   return true;
16663 }
16664 
16665 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
16666   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
16667          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
16668   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
16669   assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
16670       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
16671   CurContext = OCD;
16672   return IDecl;
16673 }
16674 
16675 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16676                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
16677                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
16678                                            bool IsAbstract,
16679                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16680   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16681   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
16682 
16683   FieldCollector->StartClass();
16684 
16685   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
16686     return;
16687 
16688   if (IsAbstract)
16689     Record->markAbstract();
16690 
16691   if (FinalLoc.isValid()) {
16692     Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(
16693         Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword,
16694         static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed)));
16695   }
16696   // C++ [class]p2:
16697   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
16698   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
16699   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
16700   //   as if it were a public member name.
16701   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
16702       Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
16703       Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
16704       /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
16705       /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
16706   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
16707   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
16708   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
16709   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
16710       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
16711   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
16712   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
16713          "Broken injected-class-name");
16714 }
16715 
16716 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16717                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
16718   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16719   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16720   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
16721 
16722   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16723   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16724     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
16725     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16726       RD->completeDefinition();
16727   }
16728 
16729   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
16730     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
16731   }
16732 
16733   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
16734   PopDeclContext();
16735 
16736   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
16737       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
16738     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
16739 
16740   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
16741   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
16742     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
16743 
16744   // Clangs implementation of #pragma align(packed) differs in bitfield layout
16745   // from XLs and instead matches the XL #pragma pack(1) behavior.
16746   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSAIX() &&
16747       AlignPackStack.hasValue()) {
16748     AlignPackInfo APInfo = AlignPackStack.CurrentValue;
16749     // Only diagnose #pragma align(packed).
16750     if (!APInfo.IsAlignAttr() || APInfo.getAlignMode() != AlignPackInfo::Packed)
16751       return;
16752     const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
16753     if (!RD)
16754       return;
16755     // Only warn if there is at least 1 bitfield member.
16756     if (llvm::any_of(RD->fields(),
16757                      [](const FieldDecl *FD) { return FD->isBitField(); }))
16758       Diag(BraceRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_pragma_align_not_xl_compatible);
16759   }
16760 }
16761 
16762 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
16763   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
16764   PopDeclContext();
16765 }
16766 
16767 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16768   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
16769   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
16770   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
16771 }
16772 
16773 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16774   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
16775   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
16776 }
16777 
16778 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16779   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16780   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16781   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
16782 
16783   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16784   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16785     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16786       RD->completeDefinition();
16787   }
16788 
16789   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
16790   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
16791   // the FieldCollector.
16792 
16793   PopDeclContext();
16794 }
16795 
16796 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
16797 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
16798                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
16799                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
16800                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
16801   assert(BitWidth);
16802   if (BitWidth->containsErrors())
16803     return ExprError();
16804 
16805   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
16806   if (ZeroWidth)
16807     *ZeroWidth = true;
16808 
16809   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
16810   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
16811   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
16812     // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error.
16813     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy,
16814                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless))
16815       return ExprError();
16816     if (FieldName)
16817       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
16818         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16819     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
16820       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16821   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
16822                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
16823     return ExprError();
16824 
16825   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
16826   // it now.
16827   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
16828     return BitWidth;
16829 
16830   llvm::APSInt Value;
16831   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold);
16832   if (ICE.isInvalid())
16833     return ICE;
16834   BitWidth = ICE.get();
16835 
16836   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
16837     *ZeroWidth = false;
16838 
16839   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
16840   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
16841     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
16842 
16843   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
16844     if (FieldName)
16845       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16846                << FieldName << toString(Value, 10);
16847     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16848       << toString(Value, 10);
16849   }
16850 
16851   // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object
16852   // size.
16853   if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
16854     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide)
16855            << !FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10);
16856   }
16857 
16858   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
16859     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
16860     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
16861     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
16862 
16863     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
16864     // ABI.
16865     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
16866         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
16867     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
16868         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
16869         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
16870     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
16871       unsigned DiagWidth =
16872           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
16873       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16874              << (bool)FieldName << FieldName << toString(Value, 10)
16875              << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
16876     }
16877 
16878     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
16879     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
16880     // 'bool'.
16881     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) {
16882       Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16883           << FieldName << toString(Value, 10)
16884           << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
16885     }
16886   }
16887 
16888   return BitWidth;
16889 }
16890 
16891 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
16892 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
16893 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
16894                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
16895   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
16896                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
16897                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
16898   return Res;
16899 }
16900 
16901 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
16902 ///
16903 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
16904                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
16905                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
16906                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16907                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
16908   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
16909     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
16910     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
16911       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
16912     return nullptr;
16913   }
16914 
16915   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16916   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16917   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16918 
16919   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16920   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16921   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16922     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
16923 
16924     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
16925                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
16926       D.setInvalidType();
16927       T = Context.IntTy;
16928       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
16929     }
16930   }
16931 
16932   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
16933 
16934   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
16935     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
16936         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
16937   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
16938     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
16939          diag::err_invalid_thread)
16940       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
16941 
16942   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
16943   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16944   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16945                         ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16946   LookupName(Previous, S);
16947   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
16948     case LookupResult::Found:
16949     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
16950       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
16951       break;
16952 
16953     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
16954       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
16955       break;
16956 
16957     case LookupResult::NotFound:
16958     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
16959     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
16960       break;
16961   }
16962   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
16963 
16964   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
16965     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
16966     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
16967     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
16968     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16969   }
16970 
16971   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
16972     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16973 
16974   bool Mutable
16975     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
16976   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
16977   FieldDecl *NewFD
16978     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
16979                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
16980 
16981   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
16982     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16983 
16984   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16985     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
16986 
16987   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
16988     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
16989     // with the same name in the same scope.
16990   } else if (II) {
16991     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
16992   } else
16993     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
16994 
16995   return NewFD;
16996 }
16997 
16998 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
16999 ///
17000 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
17001 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
17002 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
17003 /// created.
17004 ///
17005 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
17006 ///
17007 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
17008 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
17009                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
17010                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
17011                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
17012                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
17013                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
17014                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
17015                                 Declarator *D) {
17016   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
17017   bool InvalidDecl = false;
17018   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
17019 
17020   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
17021   // marking this declaration as invalid.
17022   if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) {
17023     InvalidDecl = true;
17024     T = Context.IntTy;
17025   }
17026 
17027   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
17028   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) {
17029     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy,
17030                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
17031       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
17032       Record->setInvalidDecl();
17033       InvalidDecl = true;
17034     } else {
17035       NamedDecl *Def;
17036       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
17037       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
17038         Record->setInvalidDecl();
17039         InvalidDecl = true;
17040       }
17041     }
17042   }
17043 
17044   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
17045   if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
17046       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
17047     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
17048     Record->setInvalidDecl();
17049     InvalidDecl = true;
17050   }
17051 
17052   if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
17053     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
17054     // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
17055     if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
17056         T->isBlockPointerType()) {
17057       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
17058       Record->setInvalidDecl();
17059       InvalidDecl = true;
17060     }
17061     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported, unless Clang extension
17062     // is enabled.
17063     if (BitWidth && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
17064                         "__cl_clang_bitfields", LangOpts)) {
17065       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
17066       InvalidDecl = true;
17067     }
17068   }
17069 
17070   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
17071   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
17072       T.hasQualifiers()) {
17073     InvalidDecl = true;
17074     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
17075   }
17076 
17077   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
17078   // than a variably modified type.
17079   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
17080     if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(
17081             TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size))
17082       InvalidDecl = true;
17083   }
17084 
17085   // Fields can not have abstract class types
17086   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
17087                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
17088                                              AbstractFieldType))
17089     InvalidDecl = true;
17090 
17091   bool ZeroWidth = false;
17092   if (InvalidDecl)
17093     BitWidth = nullptr;
17094   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
17095   if (BitWidth) {
17096     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
17097                               &ZeroWidth).get();
17098     if (!BitWidth) {
17099       InvalidDecl = true;
17100       BitWidth = nullptr;
17101       ZeroWidth = false;
17102     }
17103   }
17104 
17105   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
17106   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
17107     unsigned DiagID = 0;
17108     if (T->isReferenceType())
17109       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
17110                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
17111     else if (T.isConstQualified())
17112       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
17113 
17114     if (DiagID) {
17115       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
17116       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
17117         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
17118       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
17119       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
17120         Mutable = false;
17121         InvalidDecl = true;
17122       }
17123     }
17124   }
17125 
17126   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
17127   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
17128   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
17129   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
17130     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
17131 
17132   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
17133                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
17134   if (InvalidDecl)
17135     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
17136 
17137   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17138     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
17139     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
17140     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
17141   }
17142 
17143   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17144     if (Record->isUnion()) {
17145       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17146         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
17147         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
17148           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
17149           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
17150           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
17151           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
17152           // objects.
17153           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
17154             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
17155         }
17156       }
17157 
17158       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
17159       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
17160       // enabled.
17161       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
17162         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
17163                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
17164                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
17165           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
17166         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
17167           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
17168       }
17169     }
17170   }
17171 
17172   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
17173   // representation, not a parser representation.
17174   if (D) {
17175     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
17176     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
17177 
17178     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
17179       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
17180   }
17181 
17182   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
17183   // retainable type.
17184   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
17185     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
17186 
17187   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
17188     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
17189 
17190   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types.
17191   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
17192       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation()))
17193     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
17194 
17195   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
17196   return NewFD;
17197 }
17198 
17199 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
17200   assert(FD);
17201   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
17202 
17203   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
17204     return false;
17205 
17206   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17207   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17208     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
17209     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
17210       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
17211       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
17212       // copy constructors.
17213 
17214       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
17215       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
17216       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
17217       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
17218       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
17219       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
17220       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
17221         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
17222       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
17223         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
17224       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
17225         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
17226       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
17227         member = CXXDestructor;
17228 
17229       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
17230         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
17231             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
17232           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
17233           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
17234           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
17235           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
17236           // members unavailable.
17237           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
17238           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
17239             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
17240               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
17241                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
17242             return false;
17243           }
17244         }
17245 
17246         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
17247                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
17248                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
17249           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
17250         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
17251         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
17252       }
17253     }
17254   }
17255 
17256   return false;
17257 }
17258 
17259 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
17260 ///  AST enum value.
17261 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
17262 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
17263   switch (ivarVisibility) {
17264   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
17265   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
17266   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
17267   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
17268   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
17269   }
17270 }
17271 
17272 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
17273 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
17274 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
17275                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
17276                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
17277                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
17278 
17279   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
17280   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
17281   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
17282   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
17283 
17284   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
17285   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
17286 
17287   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
17288   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
17289 
17290   if (BitWidth) {
17291     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
17292     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
17293     if (!BitWidth)
17294       D.setInvalidType();
17295   } else {
17296     // Not a bitfield.
17297 
17298     // validate II.
17299 
17300   }
17301   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
17302     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
17303     D.setInvalidType();
17304   }
17305   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
17306   // than a variably modified type.
17307   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
17308     if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(
17309             TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size))
17310       D.setInvalidType();
17311   }
17312 
17313   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
17314   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
17315     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
17316                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
17317   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
17318   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
17319   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
17320     return nullptr;
17321   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
17322   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17323       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17324     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
17325     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
17326       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
17327       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
17328     }
17329     else
17330       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
17331   } else {
17332     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17333         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17334       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
17335         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
17336         return nullptr;
17337       }
17338     }
17339     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
17340   }
17341 
17342   // Construct the decl.
17343   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
17344                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
17345                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
17346 
17347   if (II) {
17348     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
17349                                            ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17350     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
17351         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17352       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
17353       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
17354       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17355     }
17356   }
17357 
17358   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
17359   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
17360 
17361   if (D.isInvalidType())
17362     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17363 
17364   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
17365   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
17366     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17367 
17368   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
17369     NewID->setModulePrivate();
17370 
17371   if (II) {
17372     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
17373     // these to the interface.
17374     S->AddDecl(NewID);
17375     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
17376   }
17377 
17378   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
17379       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
17380     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
17381 
17382   return NewID;
17383 }
17384 
17385 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
17386 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
17387 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
17388 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
17389 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
17390                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
17391   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
17392     return;
17393 
17394   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
17395   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
17396 
17397   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17398     return;
17399   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
17400   if (!ID) {
17401     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
17402       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
17403         return;
17404     }
17405     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
17406     else
17407       return;
17408   }
17409   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
17410   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
17411   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
17412 
17413   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
17414                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
17415                               Context.CharTy,
17416                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
17417                                                                DeclLoc),
17418                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
17419                               true);
17420   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
17421 }
17422 
17423 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
17424                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
17425                        SourceLocation RBrac,
17426                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17427   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
17428 
17429   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
17430   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
17431   // it will now change.
17432   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17433     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17434     switch (DC->getKind()) {
17435     default: break;
17436     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
17437       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17438       break;
17439     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
17440       Context.
17441         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17442       break;
17443     }
17444   }
17445 
17446   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17447   CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17448 
17449   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
17450   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
17451   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
17452   if (Record) {
17453     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
17454       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
17455         if (IFD->getDeclName())
17456           ++NumNamedMembers;
17457     }
17458   }
17459 
17460   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
17461   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
17462 
17463   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
17464        i != end; ++i) {
17465     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
17466 
17467     // Get the type for the field.
17468     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
17469 
17470     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
17471       // Remember all fields written by the user.
17472       RecFields.push_back(FD);
17473     }
17474 
17475     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
17476     // diagnostics about it.
17477     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
17478       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17479       continue;
17480     }
17481 
17482     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
17483     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
17484     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
17485     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
17486     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
17487     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
17488     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
17489     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
17490     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
17491     //   array.
17492     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
17493     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
17494       // Field declared as a function.
17495       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
17496         << FD->getDeclName();
17497       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17498       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17499       continue;
17500     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
17501                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
17502       if (Record) {
17503         // Flexible array member.
17504         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
17505         // It will accept flexible array in union and also
17506         // as the sole element of a struct/class.
17507         unsigned DiagID = 0;
17508         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
17509           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
17510             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
17511           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
17512           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17513           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17514           continue;
17515         } else if (Record->isUnion())
17516           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17517                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
17518                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17519                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
17520                              : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
17521         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
17522           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17523                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
17524                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17525                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
17526                              : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
17527 
17528         if (DiagID)
17529           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
17530                                           << Record->getTagKind();
17531         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
17532         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
17533         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
17534         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
17535         // of the type.
17536         if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
17537           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
17538               << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17539         if (!getLangOpts().C99)
17540           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
17541             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17542 
17543         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
17544         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
17545         //
17546         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
17547         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
17548         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17549         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
17550           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
17551             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17552           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17553           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17554           continue;
17555         }
17556         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
17557         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17558       } else {
17559         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
17560         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
17561         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
17562       }
17563     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
17564                RequireCompleteSizedType(
17565                    FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17566                    diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
17567       // Incomplete type
17568       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17569       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17570       continue;
17571     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17572       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
17573         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
17574         // flexible array member.
17575         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17576         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
17577           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
17578           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
17579           // structures.
17580           if (!IsLastField)
17581             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
17582               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17583           else {
17584             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
17585             // other structs as an extension.
17586             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
17587               << FD->getDeclName();
17588           }
17589         }
17590       }
17591       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
17592           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17593                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
17594                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
17595         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
17596         FD->setInvalidDecl();
17597       }
17598       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17599         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17600       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
17601         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17602     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
17603       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
17604       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
17605         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
17606       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
17607       FD->setType(T);
17608     } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
17609                FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
17610                getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
17611                !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
17612                (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
17613                 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
17614       // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
17615       // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
17616       // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
17617       // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
17618       // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
17619       // ARC.
17620       FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
17621           Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
17622           FD->getLocation()));
17623     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
17624                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record &&
17625                !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
17626       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17627           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
17628         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17629       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
17630         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17631         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
17632             BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17633           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17634         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17635                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
17636                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17637       }
17638     }
17639 
17640     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17641         !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
17642       QualType FT = FD->getType();
17643       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
17644         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
17645         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
17646             Record->isUnion())
17647           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
17648       }
17649       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
17650       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
17651         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
17652         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17653           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
17654       }
17655       if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
17656         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
17657         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
17658         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17659           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
17660       }
17661 
17662       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17663         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
17664             RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs)
17665           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17666       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
17667         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17668     }
17669 
17670     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
17671       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17672     // Keep track of the number of named members.
17673     if (FD->getIdentifier())
17674       ++NumNamedMembers;
17675   }
17676 
17677   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
17678   if (Record) {
17679     bool Completed = false;
17680     if (CXXRecord) {
17681       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17682         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
17683         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
17684                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
17685                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
17686           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
17687       }
17688 
17689       // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
17690       AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
17691 
17692       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
17693         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17694           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
17695           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
17696           // problem now.
17697           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
17698             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
17699             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
17700 
17701             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
17702                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
17703                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
17704               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
17705                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
17706                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
17707                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
17708                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?");
17709                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
17710                   continue;
17711 
17712                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
17713                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
17714                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
17715                 //   program is ill-formed.
17716                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
17717                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
17718                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
17719                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
17720                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
17721                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
17722                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
17723                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
17724                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
17725                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
17726 
17727                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
17728               }
17729             }
17730             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
17731             Completed = true;
17732           }
17733         }
17734       }
17735     }
17736 
17737     if (!Completed)
17738       Record->completeDefinition();
17739 
17740     // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
17741     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
17742 
17743     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
17744     if (CXXRecord) {
17745       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
17746       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
17747           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
17748         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
17749         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
17750       }
17751     }
17752 
17753     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
17754       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
17755 
17756       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
17757         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
17758                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
17759                                            IA->getInheritanceModel());
17760     }
17761 
17762     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
17763     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
17764     // compatibility problems.
17765     bool CheckForZeroSize;
17766     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17767       CheckForZeroSize = true;
17768     } else {
17769       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
17770       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
17771       CheckForZeroSize =
17772           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
17773           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
17774           CXXRecord->isCLike();
17775     }
17776     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
17777       bool ZeroSize = true;
17778       bool IsEmpty = true;
17779       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
17780       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
17781                                       E = Record->field_end();
17782            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
17783         IsEmpty = false;
17784         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
17785           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17786             ZeroSize = false;
17787         } else {
17788           ++NonBitFields;
17789           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
17790           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
17791               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
17792             ZeroSize = false;
17793         }
17794       }
17795 
17796       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
17797       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
17798       // extern "C" block.
17799       if (ZeroSize) {
17800         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
17801                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
17802                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
17803           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
17804       }
17805 
17806       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
17807       // but are accepted by GCC.
17808       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17809         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
17810                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
17811           << Record->isUnion();
17812       }
17813     }
17814   } else {
17815     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
17816       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
17817     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17818       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
17819       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
17820       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17821         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
17822         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17823       }
17824       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
17825       // duplicates.
17826       if (ID->getSuperClass())
17827         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
17828     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17829                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17830       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
17831       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
17832         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
17833         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
17834         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
17835       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
17836       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17837       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17838     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17839                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17840       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
17841       // reported as errors elsewhere.
17842       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
17843       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
17844       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
17845       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
17846       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
17847       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17848         if (IDecl) {
17849           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
17850               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17851             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17852                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17853             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17854             continue;
17855           }
17856           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
17857             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
17858                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17859               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17860                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17861               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17862               continue;
17863             }
17864           }
17865         }
17866         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
17867         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17868       }
17869       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17870       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17871     }
17872   }
17873 }
17874 
17875 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
17876 /// the given type T.
17877 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
17878                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
17879                                         QualType T) {
17880   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
17881          "Integral type required!");
17882   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
17883 
17884   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
17885     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
17886       --BitWidth;
17887     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
17888   }
17889   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
17890 }
17891 
17892 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
17893 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
17894 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
17895   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
17896   // enum checking below.
17897   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
17898          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
17899   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
17900   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17901     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
17902   };
17903   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17904     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
17905     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
17906   };
17907 
17908   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
17909   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
17910                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
17911   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
17912     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
17913       return Types[I];
17914 
17915   return QualType();
17916 }
17917 
17918 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
17919                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
17920                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
17921                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
17922                                           Expr *Val) {
17923   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17924   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
17925   QualType EltTy;
17926 
17927   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
17928     Val = nullptr;
17929 
17930   if (Val)
17931     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
17932 
17933   if (Val) {
17934     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent() ||
17935         Val->containsErrors())
17936       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17937     else {
17938       // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed
17939       // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts.
17940       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
17941         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
17942         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
17943         // constant expression of the underlying type.
17944         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17945         ExprResult Converted =
17946           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
17947                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
17948         if (Converted.isInvalid())
17949           Val = nullptr;
17950         else
17951           Val = Converted.get();
17952       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
17953                  !(Val =
17954                        VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold)
17955                            .get())) {
17956         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
17957       } else {
17958         if (Enum->isComplete()) {
17959           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17960 
17961           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
17962           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
17963           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
17964           // expression checking.
17965           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17966             if (Context.getTargetInfo()
17967                     .getTriple()
17968                     .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
17969               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17970             } else {
17971               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17972             }
17973           }
17974 
17975           // Cast to the underlying type.
17976           Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
17977                                   EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
17978                                                          : CK_IntegralCast)
17979                     .get();
17980         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17981           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
17982           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17983           //   is the type of its initializing value:
17984           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
17985           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
17986           EltTy = Val->getType();
17987         } else {
17988           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
17989           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
17990           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
17991           //   representable as an int.
17992 
17993           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
17994           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
17995             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17996               << toString(EnumVal, 10) << Val->getSourceRange()
17997               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
17998           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
17999             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
18000             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
18001           }
18002           EltTy = Val->getType();
18003         }
18004       }
18005     }
18006   }
18007 
18008   if (!Val) {
18009     if (Enum->isDependentType())
18010       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
18011     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
18012       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
18013       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
18014       //   is the type of its initializing value:
18015       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
18016       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
18017       //
18018       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
18019       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
18020       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
18021         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
18022       }
18023       else {
18024         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
18025       }
18026     } else {
18027       // Assign the last value + 1.
18028       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
18029       ++EnumVal;
18030       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
18031 
18032       // Check for overflow on increment.
18033       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
18034         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
18035         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
18036         //   is the type of its initializing value:
18037         //
18038         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
18039         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
18040         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
18041         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
18042         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
18043         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
18044         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
18045         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
18046           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
18047           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
18048           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
18049           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
18050           ++EnumVal;
18051           if (Enum->isFixed())
18052             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
18053             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
18054               << toString(EnumVal, 10)
18055               << EltTy;
18056           else
18057             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
18058               << toString(EnumVal, 10);
18059         } else {
18060           EltTy = T;
18061         }
18062 
18063         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
18064         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
18065         // value, then increment.
18066         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
18067         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
18068         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
18069         ++EnumVal;
18070 
18071         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
18072         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
18073         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
18074         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
18075         // integral type.
18076         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
18077           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
18078       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
18079                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
18080         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
18081         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
18082           << toString(EnumVal, 10) << 1;
18083       }
18084     }
18085   }
18086 
18087   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
18088     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
18089     // enumerator's type.
18090     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
18091     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
18092   }
18093 
18094   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
18095                                   Val, EnumVal);
18096 }
18097 
18098 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
18099                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
18100   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
18101       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18102     return SkipBodyInfo();
18103 
18104   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
18105   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
18106   // skip the body.
18107   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
18108                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext());
18109   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
18110   if (!PrevECD)
18111     return SkipBodyInfo();
18112 
18113   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
18114   NamedDecl *Hidden;
18115   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
18116     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
18117     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
18118     return Skip;
18119   }
18120 
18121   return SkipBodyInfo();
18122 }
18123 
18124 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
18125                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
18126                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
18127                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
18128   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
18129   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
18130     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
18131 
18132   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
18133   // we find one that is.
18134   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
18135 
18136   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
18137   // scope.
18138   LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration);
18139   LookupName(R, S);
18140   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
18141 
18142   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
18143     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
18144     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
18145     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
18146     PrevDecl = nullptr;
18147   }
18148 
18149   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
18150   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
18151   // different from T:
18152   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
18153   // enumerated type
18154   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
18155     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
18156                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
18157 
18158   EnumConstantDecl *New =
18159     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
18160   if (!New)
18161     return nullptr;
18162 
18163   if (PrevDecl) {
18164     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
18165       // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
18166       CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
18167     }
18168 
18169     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
18170     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
18171     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
18172            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
18173     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
18174       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
18175         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
18176       else
18177         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
18178       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
18179       return nullptr;
18180     }
18181   }
18182 
18183   // Process attributes.
18184   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
18185   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
18186 
18187   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
18188   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
18189   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
18190 
18191   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
18192 
18193   return New;
18194 }
18195 
18196 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
18197 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
18198 // Element2 = Element1
18199 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
18200 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
18201 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
18202 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
18203   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
18204   if (!InitExpr)
18205     return true;
18206   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
18207 
18208   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
18209     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
18210       return true;
18211     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
18212     if (!IL)
18213       return true;
18214     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
18215       return true;
18216 
18217     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
18218   }
18219 
18220   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
18221   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
18222   if (!DRE)
18223     return true;
18224 
18225   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
18226   if (!EnumConstant)
18227     return true;
18228 
18229   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
18230       Enum)
18231     return true;
18232 
18233   return false;
18234 }
18235 
18236 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
18237 // a previous element has already been set to.
18238 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
18239                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
18240   // Avoid anonymous enums
18241   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
18242     return;
18243 
18244   // Only check for small enums.
18245   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
18246     return;
18247 
18248   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
18249     return;
18250 
18251   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
18252   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
18253 
18254   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
18255 
18256   // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map.
18257   typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
18258 
18259   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys.
18260   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
18261     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
18262     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
18263   };
18264 
18265   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
18266   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
18267 
18268   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
18269   // an initializer.
18270   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
18271     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
18272 
18273     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
18274     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
18275     if (!ECD) {
18276       return;
18277     }
18278 
18279     // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop.
18280     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
18281       continue;
18282 
18283     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
18284     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
18285   }
18286 
18287   if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
18288     return;
18289 
18290   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
18291   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
18292     // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
18293     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
18294     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
18295       continue;
18296 
18297     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
18298     if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
18299       continue;
18300 
18301     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
18302     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
18303       // Ensure constants are different.
18304       if (D == ECD)
18305         continue;
18306 
18307       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
18308       auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
18309       Vec->push_back(D);
18310       Vec->push_back(ECD);
18311 
18312       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
18313       Entry = Vec.get();
18314 
18315       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
18316       // diagnostics.
18317       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
18318       continue;
18319     }
18320 
18321     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
18322     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
18323     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
18324       continue;
18325 
18326     Vec->push_back(ECD);
18327   }
18328 
18329   // Emit diagnostics.
18330   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
18331     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
18332 
18333     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
18334     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
18335     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
18336       << FirstECD << toString(FirstECD->getInitVal(), 10)
18337       << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
18338 
18339     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
18340     // the same value.
18341     for (auto *ECD : llvm::drop_begin(*Vec))
18342       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
18343         << ECD << toString(ECD->getInitVal(), 10)
18344         << ECD->getSourceRange();
18345   }
18346 }
18347 
18348 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
18349                              bool AllowMask) const {
18350   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
18351   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
18352 
18353   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
18354   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
18355 
18356   if (R.second) {
18357     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
18358       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
18359       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
18360       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
18361         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
18362     }
18363   }
18364 
18365   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
18366   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
18367   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
18368   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
18369   //
18370   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
18371   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
18372   // likely a logic error.
18373   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
18374   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
18375 }
18376 
18377 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
18378                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
18379                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
18380   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
18381   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
18382 
18383   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
18384 
18385   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
18386     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18387       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18388         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18389       if (!ECD) continue;
18390 
18391       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18392     }
18393 
18394     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
18395     return;
18396   }
18397 
18398   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
18399   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
18400   // emit a warning.
18401   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
18402   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
18403   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
18404 
18405   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
18406   // reverse the list.
18407   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
18408   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
18409 
18410   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
18411   bool AllElementsInt = true;
18412 
18413   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18414     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18415       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18416     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18417 
18418     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18419 
18420     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
18421     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
18422       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
18423                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
18424     else
18425       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
18426                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
18427 
18428     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common).
18429     if (AllElementsInt)
18430       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
18431   }
18432 
18433   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
18434   QualType BestType;
18435   unsigned BestWidth;
18436 
18437   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
18438   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
18439   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
18440   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
18441   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
18442   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
18443   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
18444   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
18445   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
18446   QualType BestPromotionType;
18447 
18448   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
18449   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
18450   // enum definitions.
18451   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
18452     Packed = true;
18453 
18454   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
18455   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
18456   if (Enum->isComplete()) {
18457     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
18458     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
18459       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
18460     else
18461       BestPromotionType = BestType;
18462 
18463     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
18464   }
18465   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
18466     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
18467     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
18468     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18469     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
18470       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
18471       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18472     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
18473                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
18474       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
18475       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18476     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
18477       BestType = Context.IntTy;
18478       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18479     } else {
18480       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
18481 
18482       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
18483         BestType = Context.LongTy;
18484       } else {
18485         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18486 
18487         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
18488           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
18489         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
18490       }
18491     }
18492     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
18493   } else {
18494     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
18495     // all of the enumerator values.
18496     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18497     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
18498       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
18499       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18500       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18501     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
18502       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
18503       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18504       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18505     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
18506       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
18507       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18508       BestPromotionType
18509         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18510                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
18511     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
18512                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
18513       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
18514       BestPromotionType
18515         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18516                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
18517     } else {
18518       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18519       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
18520              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
18521       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
18522       BestPromotionType
18523         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18524                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
18525     }
18526   }
18527 
18528   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
18529   // the type of the enum if needed.
18530   for (auto *D : Elements) {
18531     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18532     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18533 
18534     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
18535     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
18536     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
18537     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
18538     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
18539 
18540     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
18541     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18542 
18543     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
18544     // the enum decl type.
18545     QualType NewTy;
18546     unsigned NewWidth;
18547     bool NewSign;
18548     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
18549         !Enum->isFixed() &&
18550         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
18551       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
18552       NewWidth = IntWidth;
18553       NewSign = true;
18554     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
18555       // Already the right type!
18556       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18557         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18558         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18559         // enumeration.
18560         ECD->setType(EnumType);
18561       continue;
18562     } else {
18563       NewTy = BestType;
18564       NewWidth = BestWidth;
18565       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
18566     }
18567 
18568     // Adjust the APSInt value.
18569     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
18570     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
18571     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
18572 
18573     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
18574     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
18575         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
18576       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
18577           Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(),
18578           /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()));
18579     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18580       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18581       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18582       // enumeration.
18583       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18584     else
18585       ECD->setType(NewTy);
18586   }
18587 
18588   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
18589                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
18590 
18591   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
18592 
18593   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
18594     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
18595       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18596       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18597 
18598       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18599       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
18600           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
18601         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
18602           << ECD << Enum;
18603     }
18604   }
18605 
18606   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
18607   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
18608     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
18609 }
18610 
18611 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
18612                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
18613                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
18614   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
18615 
18616   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
18617                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
18618                                                    EndLoc);
18619   CurContext->addDecl(New);
18620   return New;
18621 }
18622 
18623 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18624                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18625                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18626                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
18627                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18628   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
18629                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
18630   AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
18631                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma);
18632   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(
18633       Context, AliasName->getName(), /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, Info);
18634 
18635   // If a declaration that:
18636   // 1) declares a function or a variable
18637   // 2) has external linkage
18638   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
18639   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18640     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
18641       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
18642     else
18643       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
18644           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
18645   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
18646   } else
18647     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
18648 }
18649 
18650 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18651                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18652                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
18653   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
18654 
18655   if (PrevDecl) {
18656     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
18657   } else {
18658     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18659       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
18660         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
18661   }
18662 }
18663 
18664 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18665                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18666                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18667                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
18668                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18669   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
18670                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
18671   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
18672 
18673   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18674     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
18675       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
18676         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
18677   } else {
18678     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18679       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
18680   }
18681 }
18682 
18683 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
18684   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
18685 }
18686 
18687 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD,
18688                                                      bool Final) {
18689   assert(FD && "Expected non-null FunctionDecl");
18690 
18691   // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate
18692   // attribute prior to checking if it is a template.
18693   if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>())
18694     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18695 
18696   // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
18697   if (FD->isDependentContext())
18698     return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded;
18699 
18700   // Check whether this function is an externally visible definition.
18701   auto IsEmittedForExternalSymbol = [this, FD]() {
18702     // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
18703     // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will
18704     // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
18705     FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
18706 
18707     return Def && !isDiscardableGVALinkage(
18708                       getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def));
18709   };
18710 
18711   if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) {
18712     // In OpenMP device mode we will not emit host only functions, or functions
18713     // we don't need due to their linkage.
18714     Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18715         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18716     // DevTy may be changed later by
18717     //  #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*).
18718     // Therefore DevTy having no value does not imply host. The emission status
18719     // will be checked again at the end of compilation unit with Final = true.
18720     if (DevTy.hasValue())
18721       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host)
18722         return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18723     // If we have an explicit value for the device type, or we are in a target
18724     // declare context, we need to emit all extern and used symbols.
18725     if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || DevTy.hasValue())
18726       if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
18727         return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18728     // Device mode only emits what it must, if it wasn't tagged yet and needed,
18729     // we'll omit it.
18730     if (Final)
18731       return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18732   } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP > 45) {
18733     // In OpenMP host compilation prior to 5.0 everything was an emitted host
18734     // function. In 5.0, no_host was introduced which might cause a function to
18735     // be ommitted.
18736     Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18737         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18738     if (DevTy.hasValue())
18739       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost)
18740         return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18741   }
18742 
18743   if (Final && LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.CUDA)
18744     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18745 
18746   if (LangOpts.CUDA) {
18747     // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted.  Similarly,
18748     // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
18749     // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
18750     // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
18751     Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
18752     if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host)
18753       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18754     if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18755         (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global))
18756       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18757 
18758     if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
18759       return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18760   }
18761 
18762   // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
18763   // known-emitted functions.
18764   return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18765 }
18766 
18767 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) {
18768   // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the
18769   // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked.
18770   // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function
18771   // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the
18772   // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling
18773   // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as
18774   // known-emitted.
18775   return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18776          IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global;
18777 }
18778